Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Jataka Parijata Vol 3
Jataka Parijata Vol 3
JATAI{A PAKIJAIA
( \ilTni qrfuilril )
Witlt An
EttglislrTrartslatiort
attd Coltious
Explu trttonl rtotesutrLlErontplas
BY
V . S u b r a n t a n ySaa s t r iB
, .A.
A s s t t .S e c r c t a rtyo 1 l l c( i o v t .o 1 ' M y s o r c( l { c t d . )
a u t lT r a n s l a t oor l ' S r r p a tli, a d d l r t i[,] r i h a tJ a t a k a
I I o r a s a r aU. t t u l k a l l n r r i tcat c .
Vol. III
RANJANPUBLICATIONS
1 6 ,A n s a rR
i oadD
, a r y aG a n j N
NDtA)
, e wD e l h i - ' l 1 0 0(0l 2
CONTENTS
Page
The effects of the Ist and the 2nd
709
Bhavas
The effects of the 3rd and the 4 t h
748
Bhavas
The efifectsof the 6th and the 6th
755
Bhavas
Thc effects of the ?th, the 8th and
S45
the 9th Bhavas
T h e e f f e c t so f t h e l O t h . t h e l l t h a n d g 9 6
Adhyaya XI
Adhyaya XII
Adhyeya XIII
.{dhyaya XIV
Adhyaya XV
Adhyaya XVI
Adhyaya XVII
Adhyaya XVII t
ERRATA
935
965
l00ir
LXIII_LXVT
faeaqmw:
q6rllq
166
tt
qr+fifrqwrqq-{rh
eoQ
qR
gf,fu 4rirnEsFlft
.9/t
tr
qFqq6-6rTT4TcqT4:
rsQ.{.
?Y
qKITE'&T{qqIqTEITTq.
cY{
tr
{ri
qrqaqqqlErEqlq:
tq
e{tqre-+'trzrrq:
9tq
.6'TFfqfr-E{ltqTIT:
lc
<qrr<{rEqrq:
et{
e.E{
too{
ffig{rq{itssqtlt;
il sTstrTlrTsorfttl
Adtryaya
XI.
T H g e n t . n c T s o t . 't t t n 1 s T A N r ) T H I ' 2 w D B t t A V A S .
s({qt{t1.r{
ffiETi(rragg*rdg (srnTTqlqqilfktgt
.r qrKa)ftedgtsI R tf
ilgsqTqqwGiFr
70e
7rc
cmEqrfrf,ri
Adh. XI.
|
d{q} ftgtrftrul tiai rrrEii;Tlttifi!
qrEeRm\qh ll I ll
Wsctrft*eii
S l c r f t c 3 . A p l a n c ti n i t s d c p r e s s i o no r i n i r n i c a l
qtrfltlar
rrqn dgetroysthe bhava chat it owns' But in its
(Moolatrikona), exaltation or friendly siun ic rdvances
the same.
cf .
s((qKlit(
qqrlrlsftdtqeii W] EIda'{{qfd I
tft.E qr fafifi.i'lt rr
ilfrrqHF1qrCIe
qrln: art+tsfiqr&g'{qd}qHqq\qqTfiIq;qlqril qqtrqrqfinqftgf,}fif*'+ ri'qEd I
qii flq* {'tuo*4i gl} qr
qilq qrqgfz'isfa
qafi iigdtq'aq'r'\q ilfi: lt
ed\qrqrqqrtd
qi qtqfi { f}qite qR qt q: atsfi rrT{f{q:
qq'reil-qeR*nqqitae:ql{"qrr' 1
lTrqsl|frqi a flRn qG qarrrfqii q,ftwit
qrnarrftiigftrw;i gfqrnfrqaqqfufrEIt
sl. 6-6
{ttC{frsqrdr
7U
gqqqq.Jt{rsswt drqgt
ildgmFr+rfr
qHHtEbdti ir{Eq{iti nq}rgfo|
*rqftvnt
7fa
Adh. xI.
- l v t v - - - - - - - - - - -
ffirsemqRgtrffifutrr
ilfiTre{ffi
Utrqqn{{i}il t}S
qq*rft sorA rfr qqr{shqrri rqr( tl s }l
Sloka 7. Of the Lagnaand other bhavasexamined
whichever bhava has ita lorJ occupying
in strccession,
rays or
the 8th place (from it) or obscuredby the solar
in &preosion or in an inimical house, while no benefic
planetsaEpector are aseociatedwith it, the astrologero
lord
d..lrr. thl total destruction of such a bhava' The
being asso"
of the bhavaconcernedeven in the event of
producing any
ciated with other planets is incapableof
good effect.
qr t
qTqTiitrqimtgfr
gsfu* ilsit qEI;T$tqr
EI'{G dlqar<n( llq ll
ftggnett$ilfbgfirgifh?irr
or
Slofrrr 9' A planet mly even be badly placed
inimical
occupya <qit (Navamsa)owned by a mrlefic,
prove
or its orvn dcpressionsign; ir will nevertheiess
occupiedby it is
bemficialwhen the Navausa or Rasi
or of a friendly
its own, or that o[ its exaltation sign
it'
planetno leseti.ranwhen bene{icplanetsaspect
StrfO.lt
?rit
tififhirtfqi
qE[rriilqgdfi (Iiirt-;fi6 1
ffiilr
ilfr.rEgRqoqrnqrfuR
$'$k WRf*qffiar*q rr
rnirrgeqstrg dqrartrfim{{qt6dRq+ r
nqh* qrlqfiT+q A) *trftrhrn ffii Mq
tt trti
(Sripotpddneroi,).
711
Etf,fqrailt
Adh. n.
ll enl QA +tlq"ha+t tl
qttgursngeTgaTft,
ffi
u tl tt
Mqorfrwq{qF{rFilr
Sloha L3. The body, its hue, irs form, its charac,
teristics, fame, qualities, happiness or unhappiness,
residenceabroad,splendour,strength and weaknessare
the products,Eaythe wise a$trologers,of the lst bhava.
NorBs.
This sloka appears in stil{(d The thrrd qr< (Padl) reads thus :
d{rqfrrilrq-d-6,foil?.
qqnilcnI
ilft{rstrqils gd od q+qM
u{ qe qftftftlhd *1frwrrrg&r$ostffir*t. tB
Sloka 14. The more auspiciousthe rising eign ie
perEon's
birth, the longer will he live; the more
f,t a
will he command the respect of the rulers and the
happier in coneequencewill he be. And if the rieing
aign be also aapectedby its lord, he will be a masterof
richee, quite a genius and a great credit to his family.
NorBs.
The fol{owing additional information regardinglength of tife
is extracted from siT(qltt{tt
.ls 16
qqrqEilsuqr{rs
?r5
gp*se,iqtfiq:qrcsqgqqct uo tqrlc[Rtt
oil* q{q}q} g,rgt ofi q ddtRt
qrtqrEg*nflffrrut qroi{Eitqr
-ganrrfiRaqrqqq
i<druq6fr6cr.t qggqtuqgqlee{ nElgiqr{ tt
qulq,rnfqosat,tngr{i{gq&*q e} t
qqqFaSfir;a: r
=g gudgaq rD {drTTg:
urriiaq d EIfi: ila4lTeqrg{rfifrq
r
qEqq
sqii
fi* fti f,atgrrqlq 11
qtoaeqr&owqaqr{Tfif{qqqirrr,
fiqrqraq,ilfiolflnqqr der:g\al gfli: I
s{tg:gs4:arrrvpry'frt}gr, qilQqi
flTr*q';qqwrgiewftt,qr\,iqflasqr( u
efrdt +oqd){qmlga'er.if =qfqa}qril
qr;q q o'j nqt r
n] q'.\rqoihqnfaga]
qivi I qon-eqqqdlrqrg:qfiqrrftq:
argriulrflegqriaa*6;qflc qros ft tt
sn{ f}esjf qFHrTli{ q qq{{
(fr <rcqrfiPrsqunft
oetqqrft{geq{rer
r
{01Ehnrrr{tqrnqr&orrnru{grrrgwfr
u t\ tl
Sloka 15. An astrologer may declare the i*ature
and peculiar features of a person fron the lord of the
riaing Navamsaar his birtr. or from a powerfui planet
occupyingthe Laqna. llrs hue shouldbe guessedfrom
the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lr4oon. All
?rs
Adh. xI.
sfliF!ilEnErir
supra.
(tft ll lE ll
gwarlnqil qord qg3{rgilnrq{r!
Slttha 16. If at a person's birth the lord of the
rioing sign being in great strength in the house of a
beneficplaneg occupy a Kendra or Trikona position
from the Lagna and be aspected by or associatedwith
auapiciousplanets,the fameof the personborn will
extend up to the four oceans.
Norp$.
This sloka appears in stdd{d. The reading there is gqqtqfatrt
for qrrwnrrc.rt'
cf.
ffint ftSrrtrftrhqlqTmqrqfttfht{r t
qrq{aruri
rrqfrqqrtqrd}sqsrtfr
{Ed'l{.ii3 11lu ll
Sloka L7. A person becomes obscure if, at his
birth, the lord of the rising sign being in the hougeof a
malefic planet, occupies the 6th, 8th or l?th place from
tlre Lagna and is aspected by or associated $/ith a
malignant planet.
Norrs.
For ihe 6rst rIT(, .$lil{(q reads o}qt
t;rrrti s Et'
frqQs RimttukcrffiFqt
qargtilstcr.l:
st. 18-le
111
g:A
- qrilqrdrr {ffigqtftxrqr g-dtr
+* dtr.tt gqr{st qlrrgd qr{t ll 14 ll
S/ofra 18. If the lord of the *tffirrrq(Keerthibha'
va), i,c. the 10th be in the Lagna,the person born will
becomelamous. lf the planet be iir the Znd bhava and
have attained its ex.rltation and other benefic vargaehe
will have remarkablecelebrity. If the planetbe in a
bad place,he v.zillbe knocked up by ceaselesstravelling
or will be a knave. But if the planet occupy a Kendra
or Trikona in conjunction with a beneficplanet, the
personwill have easein travelling'
Norns.
This sloka tinds a Place in akF[{at'
frtrqTfrftqertqR gqent{g*sqqr
rrr{t q1qR qrqtn qfl{i o}'q{rd fter t
xqffiqqd
ao{Tf{i dGfiRirilqqr-
oinrfFrrt ltqq<g(*.qft{'i+
t
718
sfFfficrRqre
Adh. xI.
S|oku 21. If the lords of the grh and the lst bha,
vas from the Lagna be in thei'r respective bhavasor if
the lords of the 1scand tlre 9th occupy the 9th and the
lot respectively, and if the planets in their several
pooitions be aspectedby or associaredwith Jupiter, rhe
personborn will enjoy good luck for a long time,
CtirqnSft
o}qrFrt R-oqqfrfr
qrfrqtft RmurgwqTfrT
Et qqr
sI.23-25
e*qRrffi
qsEfrsqrql
7le
ftqc.oi itosrfrqr-
rriq ll Rl ll
qeqflqqiTqifu;qfrqaqrqrftqrdr
+dtrsqqatqt
Rfr rrRBll
fE-qtegiftffqqwfiqrqmqt
Stoka 24, When the lord of the i'2th place from
that occupied by the lord of the lagna is in a Kendra or
Trikona from the lst bhava, and in a Rasi which is a
friend's house, its own or its exaltation sign and has
auspiciousplanets on eachside, the person born will be
a sojurner in regions pieasingto the heart. If the tqqc
(Vyayapa)referred to above be aspectedby Jupiter, the
Moon or Venus, he goesto a charmingly beaucifulland;
but if this rqqc(Vyayapa) occupy the Znd place from
the lord of the Lagna and be unfriendly to the latter,
tfie person will abide in his native land.
qi estt q(+estI
ffkr,{r{{ qtt itr?r
qr( ll R\ ll
iMtftrlR}riTf}Eat
fui qat i{gqrnTsirr
Sloha 25, When a moveable Ergn is the Lagna
7zo
utQnvawil
Adh.xI.
*qgtlf llRqll
{6[r+ rcqr *qar in Eil({IosTdrsqqr
S/oftc 6. S/hen the lord of the Lagna ie a malefic
planet and occupies the 6th place {rom the Lagna being
associatedwith Saturn in a malefic sign, the person
born wiH be like a Sudra. And if Rahu or Ketu take
the placeof Saturn in the above,the person will be a
Chandalaor somc equally low person in his habits.
G{r&tlirrnnftrghrdqqt aggis}ft|
offit Fftqlrrtgse|rltiwd i qft n te tl
Stoka 77. When the lord of the Lagna is in an
of strengh,'theperson
auspicioussign and is possessed
born will be in good ease having a command of all
bodily comforts. When the planetin the Lagnais in a
depreosionor inimical Navamsa and happensto be the
lord of a E:tqrr (Dusthhana), the person bcrn will lacr
bodily comforts.
cf ,
sldd(d
o*q: T{H{F.qnAqnqn}eqrRfqqraift t
I( ll
draqEoqr{rq(sfine g\ftrnAilF{;qq1
91.28-80
rttril*${rq:
s* qafrgrrtfr
milr,dtqgflE{F(t
iq the 3rd
9l
722
crrdifcrftvrrt
Adh.x{.
qsllt Ftgstrgqfr
qrnjsftrft,ir
r+r
*d oqqisqilqiqqfig$ froirft\ r
ilint aqiiuuiffi tutqG qtn
oi ttrqfrqiur'.qcrgr
u Qt tl
iaaotEre{rq
Sloka SL When rhe iord of the Lagna is between
two inimical planets,the person born will be in dread
of enemies. lf Keru or Rahu be in the l.agna and the
lord thereof be in a 6'elrq (Dusrhhana dth, flth or l2th),
the personwill suffer privatit_rnof some limb in the
ripening of thc dasaof the lord of the T_ragoa
and in the
antardasaof the lord of the {ich irnr:se(ir.m the lord of
the Lagna). If the lord of tire 6rh house from the Lagna
occupy it in conjuncticln with Rahu or Ketu. an ulcer
will breakout in the bodv.
NorBs.
f iris appearsi' ."1{ri4i{r.;t.
ln the 3r<iql,i, tiT'j.l:Jrs the reading
a d o l ; t e <tlh e i c f , . r rl e 1 1 1 1 , tt h r : t e r t .
q
_____
grarrEt
g{eta{Rqr{ n iq tl
ofrrytrftifatrihmt
.S/crftn
31" If rhe iorcl of rhe Lagnacccupyinga
Trikona or a Kendra be devoid of strength,the person
born wili be ailing. If the lord of the house occupied
by the lord of thc Lagna be in a S:t'{tit (Dusthhana),he
will havea weak constitucion.
(tr'irsthatf). Tr,. f.,rro),"rltl;-r leacli'gro rhesameefiect
is given in nki{(Qf.
qmtrtaqitrdrreqaro.qrftrrmr
r
-irr
r \
\
sI.33*35
{Prfifrscqrqr
723
troi
12th, 6ch or 8th bhava (from the Lagna) in conjunction
with a maleficplanet destroys the bodily health of the
personborn. He will be ailing if the lord of the lst
bhava in conjunction wich the lord of the 6th occupies
a grtflil (Dusthhana)or the Lagna.
uqkqldratfr.irhm u{q;qqirt
o* *'i ;Trfliru?qwurdrc'rqrfafu
rrQQtr
Sloku 36. A pcrson has an enlargedscrotum as
conaequence
the
of the conjunction of Rahu and Mars
or of Rahu and Satiirn. S/hen Mars occupies the
Lagna,an astrolcgermay predict swelling in the navel,
ankleand in the testicles.
EilrrTrirr{
EgfrqErq
6{tngrwtqrftrsrfrrr
721
Adh. xl.
sRffiftrfi
s{dEft.rttrt?q gt wtrsftrfiS}.qt
g wffifr
mil onaqfr
ffiti qrq+TrqI
ont Ut tilqfiffis iTIrTRgd
ll 1c ll
gldi 'tiurwgtEriit ont g qlaqFlnuttfrIrlEf
Slofra 33. A personwill b: htppy from his child'
hood when the Legnais auspicicusand is aspectedby
beneficplanetsprovideC there are no malefic ones in
the Lagna. But if sev:ral maleficplanetl should be in
the Lagna,the p:rson bcrn wiil b: unhappyfrom first
to last.
t
tqdmtfi s* onitrnirgdrr*
st. 40-44
5qqftstqrcr
715
ofiir gqqrf{r&gqqqftfti'qtI
s,trrqirnl| g t;n*uriq{S I
or\ n qsdgkfrrraskqigt*q.ll 8R,ll
Sloka 42. When the planet owning the Navamca
occupie<lby the lord of the Lagna is in a Kendra, a
Trikona or exaltation,or is in the 1lth bhava pos*tsed
of strength, the person born will be happy after thl
first 30 years of his lifc'
728
qRrrttrRwril
Adh. xI.
*-|ITarti
or{ \ilftrtrEE{rd( il B\ tl
Sloka 45. If Saturn aspectsthe Lagna, he
will
bave agedwives, will be uncleanand be mischief,making.
If no planet aspect the Lagna, the astrologe. shouft
make his prediction in accordancewith the planet
connected with the sgrrftr (Lagna Rasi).
sr 48-60
qtFtftnmrs
721
oqrftfrsRruqngfrreel
itqfuei grrtqin{drfiqri: r
e3tR'Fffirfiftrgr
n{ g0{gffitruoprr
n Bdtl
ll srE Udqt?1qsoqll
Irtv
Rii AT
ai gd Rq
Rqrilqgril{:fil?
q I
frHiqenffqrfi tri*fttilfid
figr n B\ ir
sr,rdT{orqfrfrqgErc$tR,fr
iv'rr t
ileenlqnrf\ftngTrilqFm
131"
iT."""
","-"
""","",.""*w"..""
{l} cqtcr-I{r(
qilqoft+fatft
{\' t
{q'Tltqrq*fi
saii S+q qtqi ll
rr,ptf+n:
+ehegrlm ftgqft{rtrrrfk{rq FrdI
frar qR qTfrftm qftft} qr+f,qd' {ft, r
urcfitft?fiqrqqgt;qFqflqnrdftuqr
emqqn4ilqqilqT a&*l dafi
q{ tl
Safgq"ftq(FqgarNoqfFqil
gla uf4qtfril g{g* {a gs5sq1
arntgrat fit atSg'qiaqlqrEfi ti&( dqfq+'noTiq( tt.
*riuegirm figgfinrig onte<r
qiaiFrrftaal .reqfr qsf*w 46qqqI
reqtqiqGt qfiaqqfq:h-eB+)qfrqnr
n*,<r*qettfrqqfif\ft o qqtri frq: tl
fqaqft'la* qEr{gdttqqn{tqilr
fqfaal<*{6i{t&ni:1
mq&qnrfi*qift
;r;.frn'rftft :,tlFqql
::;1qfi:
qrya)tql'e$6fia
s. cr
qFft$]silrqs
Ttg
qt qTqrffqrqswftilrigffifr: I
(z)
qkTifi(r
qord t
ofraneqiqlqfitxrftqsfrqatnrftqil
tilfr+tt uR qsrrt q-qrftt.qtini qrlsil tt
q
oriq\q ffit urufrrqrt+i=qFqtqrqogaqia* r
tt
tilfqdmgt gqefgg+alt eg-.exaolqfiilgnql:
t
Gtq\q nRt qqd{rqrqillftqeqaqqrqqefrg*
tt
tiR*aryi qrqlqqrtiri agravaorqfiilgnql:
t
+qiftti nfqt qq<rftqrtelaifFqnq-qt{rqiitq\q
qlAtt
gtrefz*il mil ag.anqort{gtfd
Ebqggqttir
orrtorq,rqtgqAfr+ dli ge.e,Riraf{iTfrniiiI
e! +geuaolr$ftqr* tt
gqiril qqqfrFnqinqr\
daat uati rawg orit ef\+ituatraeexoigtr
e]"efq*qei gqdgtqI qrf,:e{t'iqqifrrgx+ft:tt
t
q{qt'{frqelqGeratq: *'qfFqafuqlqftangara
titqfiqrmgilvqtrftrat*fat ef iqeilifiaqqtqt' tt
flx: I
e.irsgraqiwfirqaftra* qtq sfto] qqqFg
*-efi+]qsQteqQurtfiqtn:eqtiqiift egr+lt:tt
qtnTdlilt
730
Adh.xr.
qafuarqrrsdtrsler wdfrqrtwfqilffl t
rord r
$gr{qfi qg+{gt qqtnaq}qqt
qgtrftrc.Jfrqi {Tq{ q}emrqrfiqrgrn \s tl
Sloha 54, When thc 2nd bhava is occupied by
many (benefic) planets and the qrffir$r (Dhanakarala) ia
poreessedof atrenglh m occupies its exaltation, a friend,
ly sign or its own house ;fue person born, say the
artrologere, will be getting wealth till the moment of
his death.
sl. 65-5?
qsrq{tss{q:
73r
Nores.
(Dhanaprada)
s-{tr{
may also rrean the lord of the znd
bhava.
'Fqtifrftrqr{\E
qmrEdo{rq+artrq aoqor
a
ff(i
782
wwrqrM
AdL )n.
\\\
f,fl{ gq(Ezra rrf,rFaqqgFrr{: ll
sI.61-64
qsrqcfrsqrq;
t,
the lord of the Znd bhava is without strength and the
Lagnais not aspectedby benefic planets,the astrologer
shouldpredict loss of wealth.
t
o*rqqalTFi{rs q(IlJqiqrrigets
ttfrqiqr.rrErsfitrErfiid,{ir rrtq ti Ql rt
Stoku 63. When the lords of the lst, llth, 2nd
and the 9th bhavashaveattainedtheir highest exaltation
Navamsa,or Vaiseshikamsas(uide Adhyaya I. sl,44'
471,the petson born will be lord of a crore or crores.
Cf. {{iriii.mqft
oainrrqqrlrn, KqlqinRgar:t
Rtqffir=sAqiir lffirt
qrqqu{{gh Totq}qiqtl ll EB ll
Sloku 64, When the lord of the Znd bhava is
eclipsedby the Sun's rays and in depression and in a
malefic 60th portion of a sign. the person born will
becomeplunged in debt.
NorBs.
For tbe same eflect the following yogai
quoted in at6f61iil.
qftriF(TtREfrd
134
q|Eqi qsq*
Adh.xr.
q
"qt s +qlqil qqg* fi? r
g*;gaqnmtiu$rcitqrrqr: I
q{gtfrt}tre*,fi'qeilq1 ll q\ ll
SloAa 65. A person b:comes night,blind when
Venus, the Moon and the lord of the 2nd bhava are
together in one bhava. When the Sun, Venus and
the lord of the lst bhava are invisiblc (beingin that
portion of the zodiacwhich compriscs thc bhrvas from
2 t o 1 , b o t h i n c l u s i v e ) ,t h c p e r s o n c o n c c r n e dw i l l h a v e
eyeeof medium,visual power.
NorEs.
This ( s+ in qm:) in the liglrt of Sloka 5s of Adhyaya 6
s h o u l db e t a k e n t o r e f e r t o t h e l s t b h a v ao r t h e L a g n a .
cf .
qRIdtd+K
q5qqrfi rfdsit: ll
Also
I
ftsqftTrnilqsgtil ftWqqfbruiil'Tlnils
crrrstt QQtt
fk(tfrFlqnn{r{utft
frusqq;qsrr
Sloka (,6, If the lords of the lst, 2nd, 7th,9th and
tlre {.th bhavasoccupy the 6th, 12th and the Sth, and if
Venug be associated with the Lagna, the person born
will be blind.
Notes.
Some books read qd{t:
This sloka appearsin alfld(Qfrvitlr a diflerent reading for the
3rd ct('aa., Rorrqqi;qrrtikilt q1
sl.6?-s9
ttrFrqlftsqrq:
186
qrcmGil
qt(TcrRqft
736
cf.
Adh xL
qRffi(6
cf , sclifi.{rcft
oqremWsil St qrrcifkt t
st"?1-?4
q6r{rfrsqrq;
737
drrrffirrrqnTs(lf;irg
5i gdsaaraqiq
eit;qFqiq?lrfsdtlaqqqr
:,ilenq tt
eqfirft.f\
Also
fieassuqfiarrr\fttag.n fofaqggtr
StE ur 4TRiasdD
rn:zifsiift liqE4oirer
tl
qfidi sqT+Edqrqtq{ti{i I
*wair ;r(f qlqi(Elirgiburflain sR tl
Sloka 12, When the :ird bhava rs occupied by
m a l e f i cp l a n e t st,h e p c r s o nb o r n w i l l b e u g l y , f a c e do r
foul,mouthed. If tlig bhava be aspect:dby a malefic
planet,he will be fretful; if rire lord of that bhavabe
with Gulika, he will be wicked
associated
qrlirrqir{rW+ q gtrrEtr;ffiEnrrErr?q+
qI
qr* uili ilar q;rnqr arTqflarftniil{flqggqft uu
qRrcqrftdrt
?38
Adh. xI.
;lEr;n{Gt
qrqrqtqeq?rsrt] ngftrrmnlfuqugt
qTI
q-dlRiiq: qaqq kvi g.i\ iritqt qqef-'dirSI: tl
ilgGiltqufiwfrTgdt
qrilr{ttR rrdtrrrrft{sgq.I
EritFr*(ffii Tfirfrmft
,frqTt* ffiarM
qtaq. u e\ tl
sl. 77-80
{rsr{tfrssqrq:
789
{FfrWrqt}gftf*d rnrig q I
hls il kslt {r qd n RqqrFqirs
lt qr tl
Sloha 77. If the lord of the 2nd bhava,
Mercury
and Jupiter occupy the gth bhava from ir, ih. p.rron
born will be destitute of learning. If they be
in a
Kendra, Trikona or in a Swakshetra,
he will have
acquaintancewith somebranch of knowledge.
eiiEr&tS+dil qfira{Tri{qnrr
u uc tl
Sloha 78. If Mcrcury be weak in the 2nd bhava,
the personborn will be killed in a ,Juel.
If Jupiter and
the lord of the 2nd bhava be ugeakin the 2nd
bhava,
the personconcernedwill have wind dieease.
Adh, XI.
qrdSqtKata
740
! ! Y !
l @
! v v v t r v ! v v v t v v t Y w v v v v v v v v Y v v v ! v v r !
*.{ffi
qm qkqRirErri{rtqfta<i r
qdq g*rftH qrfrqatqt ll 41 lr
r^loArt82. A person becomes a machematician
when Mars is in the 2nd bhava in conjunction witir a
beneficplanetand Mercury aspectsthe sameor occuple$
a Kendra.
irFrrrEt
{ir iTit Wgritiiiqi t
qr({dtdrsqrit a*gfilqilrms ll dQ ll
iKI4'(q
sr 85-89
q6rqTirsrqlq:
14i
Tr1{tlqiTgrT!
U qti Erq"{qfuit
qTftfi(d
qEilTafqlh;q{is,rsit{ gt q nrqr;irrdg} q
ll
ilrfh iflwfti
g grtus qt qln n cd tl
sloko 88. The ratter harf of tbis sloka is missing in arl tbe
manuscriptsavailable and the sloka cannot thereforebe
made our_
qTqrggr*rJgft
fueqrqgd
gsd q msquc*a{iqiilr1 I
frqrit\ qo{it sruftrt Er
742
wrf,$1rrFdr*
Adh. xI.
Sloka 89. The lords of the ?th and the 2nd bhavas
if associatedwith Venus or malefic planets and badly
placed,will causethe loss of one or more wives accord.
ing as one or more planetsare in conjunction with them
in the g:vr< (Dusthhana). But if the lord of the 2nd
or the 7th bhava be strong occupying ite exaltation and
other beneficVargas,only one wife will fall to tlre lot
of the personconcerned
frfuguRio{frhfriki
uRrqrqqfi
I
ffiH* uPmrftwlt ElErfrEosrgqsrwrt
sl. 92-95
qsrqfrsslmt
748
q{rqu{ a-{t{"frfrqqrsqFqi t
atq(aq(tfst
rqqnrqrrdru ql rl
Sloha 93. \\/h; the lord of the 2nd bhava is in
depressionor in conjunction with an inimical planet
and aspectedby a planet in depression,rhe person born
will eat mealssuppliedby another reviling them at the
sametime,
114
qRrscrftsfie
Adh. XI.
S/oAn 95.
of palatablefood "when the gfo.arw(Bhukthinarha)is in
an auspicioushousein exaltation,aspectedby a benefic
planet and occupies a bene{ic Erei{r(Shashty,amsa)
such
as is termed qg (Mridu)
qt e<ttrErssitqgi
r
Wy,*rlti
qti"rq,gar
qrasqrftqriUrEEf[suqlqi
n UftqrC{}TrEsrfr
tl
^A,dhyaya XlI.
TttE. ultt.uc'fs or.- rrti- -Jnu AND 1'rIl..-h-ti ngaves.
u srq e diqilq$o{ tl
siergqiadtqilmqsTaqn?
roaerqi(qrwtqirutii t
\a
^Q9
tr{Tq {rrdoq[o50T{rilTFr
qS ildiq{firr( 5qqi1s^rr?tt t tt
Sloka 1. I am going to treat of the following
which are deduciblefrom thc 3rd bhava in the order of
their enumeratio,'r: Ihe welfare of the elder and
youngerbrothers, enterprisg,darir,g,voice, tone, ear,
selectornaments,articles of apparel, steadiness,valour,
strength,edibleroots and fruits.
.{l4.fitq{oI
'.r45
716
lrknFcrfurr
Adh.xll.
xqstfueq@r
qEr r6{Tdq ({r irdEtdET il 1 rl
Sloku 3 Find which of these three is srrongeEt:
alz. (1) the lord of the 3rd bhava ; (t) the lord owning
the Rasi occupied by the same; (3) the planetoccupying
the 3rd bhava. The dasa of the strongest of these
planets will lead to the increaaeof brothers.
dt roaHi{qf$dq} utq t
M
q?qsdWftqlrftsrGfrqsqq&E-(|
{qurnRqiefril qrEfrfi qurfucrll \ ll
Sloho 5. The +no (Karaka)of the 3rd bhavathat
poeitionat the time of
is strongand at an advantageou$
a per6on'sbirth, producesprosperity. The lord of the
3rd bhavaevenwhen endowedwith strengthleadeto
decaywhen in the 10th placefrom the Lagna.
NorBs.
It will be observedthat the latter half of this sloka is merely
an illustration of the general principle enunciatedin XI-4, 8 and
t5 tupru.
rrqrflsrrq'
sl, 6-f
141
-*-*_.ry.
dffi
{rd.rfr*frKqqr r
qrtfhil fritatnrrg' I
aT{rftq*drqqapl'+fl
qnaiil qlq{ql{i} il Hlglqgrqrafinltq: tt
*qTfr61'.1mrte*'
**ffiofaqsd
eq6etam*
vget6ilftf'la'
gaF5ftfan,i
gtq {q;'{,lTssfi fiqqnrf}qt tl
748
wraocrRqrf
Adh. xrl.
qrg: 6n.rq1qqrefrdQerodFqgsrqil
I
S:Fqq qftegnFgqerd:sr(;zilaelxrqan,
aRaqrsrqlfra$aa:ll
frqraqqrra]
q^rdqilqrgkqft ql ilrhsfi qr t
ilsTffirqhqrsitqrei frsc{r{ri{ n d tl
Sloka 8. When the 3rd bhava, its arro (Karaka)
or its lord is asscciatedwith a very malefic planet, the
personborn will lose brothers in his early years..
il q tl
.sl. rl-13
eq'drsqr{'
749
760
qrilt6qrft'Jfrt
Adh. XH.
srq{ qR qrfitorrrirrqrgt;q-*rfrlqil r
ftrq$ gqtqifrrdgi*.dlaffit
q{rsnRrffiifu
{qt$rfoqqr{ lt t\ tl
r I
rrfrsrq]q;ilrq<rsilftilitirRrrilsqil il-t{ n tq tl
Slola 16.- lf the lord of the 3rd bhava be in the
I"agnaor in conjuncrion with its lord, the child born
ncxt to t}re native will be securefrom danger. If the
sl. 17-18
*""
",
tl6l
tqfrsqpr:
- oc-*,
tt,r
*4 -
\\
oTrrFnrnq{ilqqillrqgq{ttaq{-dqdTs$cil T{Fd I
srqsntqqrqrdf+qait;?r^qqrqaftqgllcnrfsqqFil(qu! 11ls ll
'L7.
Sloha
A personmay have as many elder born
as there are planets in the I I th and the t2rh bhavas
from the Lagna taken together. The after,born will be
as many ae the number of planets in the 3rd and the 2nd
bhavasfrom the Lagna.
Trqq[ril{R*frilgm ffiqffi
qqEr
ilEuft*qqrsgsmiGnirs
{rtfr T{ |
q-tfr qG ilqqgftS{rrffie qrngiil{
q{rsn qdtl
n s{FilewRu{frnswtgcrmt
rrrEerrdqfq+cqg$
* qt{qd qqr
nwnnrso{d trqilil flqtftur*oql t
762
qnnoc|nqrA
Adh. XII.
qtrdililcifEraqgsqtrff{aqrgqr! || qq ||
sL.22-24
Er(qfrs.qFqr
763
didrqrqrgEttrturgt ft urgutiiorrq t
It
st{sdiqgrrtet5aq'rnirwgvr
EcqlftqrftwiTmtirdu Rgoftuenn RBtl
Sloka 74. Asccrtain rhe Navamsaattained by the
four classesof planetsexplainedin the precedingsloka.
Take away from them those amsasthat representdepres,
sion, inimical and eclipsed Navamsasand doublethe
swakshetraand exaltation Navamsas. The result will
representthe number of the afCer-borns.
Thefotlowingslokatr"J#il;
givesanothermethod:
qolnrdurqfFqniql
,i}qrFqat{iq $qt1dt} r
nqlqri{ q ntq ,ft"q BqrqdqH(qr:tqq lt
95
qtnrad
Adh; XIL
xErrnftmi
{tq r
Eftarcurrfrur
o}ttgqsktqn qrrftEgqqilf u R\ tl
Sloha 75. It is with reference to the ?th place
from the xrqrilir (Bhratru bhava) in a person's horoscope
should ao astrologer make a prediction regarding his
brother's wife. Thc planetsthat inf luencethe brother's
fortunes for the worse or the better are (l) the lord of
the Lagna(2) Mars and (3) the lord of the llrd bhava.
q.,fi;qftefrgdg {ilflqt
w"nr;qi'*uqqtqiefr qCITai
ulqql ffiqt a itlTrqqrgrn RE tl
Slohu 26. There will he much fraternal affeclion
amongthe brothers ,:f a person ii the lord of the xrqrrra
(Bhratru bhava) in his horoscope be in conjunction
with the lord of the Lagna. If these two planetr,
being naturally friendly and possessedof Btrengthat
the same time, occupy the Lagna or the 3rd bhava,
asttologerssay there will ba no partition of property
among the brothers (during their life time).
Norrs.
This as well as slokas 27, 30 and 32 appear in TRF[-(.
olugqatqsl ff qtt?H;fr;qffi q*
q qRn giurrrilg{d r
giawPeasn*l
6t 87-99
rrqrtsqrq:
756
mqfr{aq[qr({oi eqFrq$wi
mfreiqrr*qtgno{darRt{
dq tt Retl
Sloha 27. If the lords of the Lagnaand the 3rd
bhava be weak and mutually inimical, or if the planet
occupying the 3rd bhava and its ort+ (Karaka) be weak
and occupy a g:tsri (Dustbhana),the astrologeris to say,
there will arise at the time when the dasa (wo'Paka)of
the weak, inimical or ill-placed pl.rnet maturesitself,
quarreland confusion along the brothers, their ruin,
waste of wealth, culminating in rankling feuJ or closing
reconciliation and other such events according to the
nature of the planets associated with those that bring
about a breach among the brothers.
gtEtsgi g* argtuutinq(r
I
iriq tt Rdll
{fu} gi ukt gE{t{sti
Slohu 28. When Venus aspectedby Jupiter occu,
pies the 3rd bhava, the person born will devotedly
cherishhis brothersand sisters. If Mercury occupying
the 8rd bhava be aspectedby the Sun,he will alienate
the affection of thos'3that would otherwise be friendly.
cl'.
nkFfiI-+Kq
a?rrRg:vrt{qf}{ffinr{|
qffiTi utqiirmurrglllq ll
finqt qq{R{:rrrt
Slok{t 29. [f the planet occupving the 3rd bhava,
its lord, or its +tto (Karaka)be in depression,in an ini.
mical bouse or in a g:ani (Dusthhana), the astrologer$
say, there will happen in the dasaand antardasaperiod
of a planet such rs has been deocribed,loss of weahh
758
wriri[qrRqre
Adh. xII.
sister.
\\A\
in rlddtq
instead of
qQFSErTFiTEqrsKrfrr
qt gfr tTiqra1q1q.
I
(ilTstarEErrrgffilqffqrqt{qrftat t{T( il lt tl
SioAa 31. Find out the Drekkanaindicatedby the
sum total of the figuresfor the four pianets connected
with the (xrqrrr<-Bhratrubhava)3rd bhava. When Jupiter passes
through the sign owning the Drekkana in
que$tion, astrologers sayr there may be the loss of a
brother or sister. Find tlre asterism indicated by the
$um total above referred to. The dasaperiod of the
sl. 32-33
rr{ttrsqrqt
?8t
rrqs$efifrd'q sfrrdtYfi*t st
srkrargsnwtfqfigd qrSew'iuiq t
F\.\A\.\
ililI.dATEEFTSSqqN(IGGITE;TT{T
{{(
4rf,tq.tiJrr.Tq"5Zgi.
768
qrirltrRqr(r
Adh. IfiI.
pfx+,$te'Itstt \frft+,itgq:H{t{: ll
grrenfi.rrntiiiqt ftaiEl u iB tl
Sloha 3+. If, whcn the +R* (karaka) of the jtd
bbavais either weak or associatedwith a malefic60th
portion of a sigrr,the lord of rhe samebl-ravabe either
aspectedby or in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet,the
personborn will prove victorious in war.
fiqtftt rtrggisr{nq.qri?Ttqrqu}{.ilarr
gurudr*qf{ ffirqi qirrqri}r(
rtrfi+sgQgitf
ul\tl
nA\Aoa
(Tq i
cttrt[-.it(rtKllrtrri{{iq: w{Rr{t{QlpttE{trt(t
srqKft g:Fqqflqi g d;qus\qq irsa{qtqr lt lq ll
qsi q+{rr{rrqq,gg*sftiiirisiurdgiqr( |
qltdqi Er(wrwg6 *.-lilqi qrflqgi atq rr le tl
Slolas 35*37. If rhc lord of the 3rd bhavabe
with the Sun,the personborn wiii be valiant;
associated
i f w i t h t h e M o o n , h e w i l l b e f i r m . m i n , . l , : d i;f w i r h
M a r s , h c w i l l b c d e p r a v e d ,s c r l s c l e s sa n d i r r i t a b l . ; i f
with Mercury, l-rcwill be cndorveCwith an excellent
u n d e r s t a r r d i n ei ;f w r t i i J u p i t e r ,h c w i l l b e w i n n i n g o n
accountof his stt:adyvirtu,:sand thoroughly conversant
with the truths of all tire s;icnces; if with Venus, he
will be subjectto carnalapp:tite and will cleverly pursu,3quarrelsand intrigues into which his lustful impulse
m a y l e a dh i m ; i i w i t h S a t u r n , h : w i l l b : s t , , r p i d; i f
sl,.3MO
erq*E$ffi
7ffi
ot gt ftqilqgk
qsqtErqtqq-qk Sfrt t
iqf rqrqnqansrtqt*sqnqguorRftwqt
qr{gilGarq ll Bo ll
{reedtqnqwrqliE{iqffit
Slota 40. At the time the three planetsmentioned in the previous sloka have their crv-trt(Apahara) or
cm rPaka) laide Adhyaya 18 infra) of a dasa, will
come the enjoyment of fruits, roots and other Eweet
760
q6r5qrnql|
A dh. XII
.--_%
ffq3ftgrrqilltrtqrrru
c srcdtn Bt tl
firqfftt ilSnt-nrfu{mihtilgg?rffi r
g+{ gt rrfr.r{Rqr( tf BRtl
wk{ ffirnt
Sloha 42. If the lord of the 3rd bhavabe in con.
junction with the lord of rhe -sign occupied by
Rahu
and if the la*er be in the Lagna, d,rnler har to be
dreadedfrom a snake. if Mcrcury be in conjunction
with the lord of the lrd bhava, the personborn wilt
ruffer from an ailmencaflectirrgthe throat.
$ 1{i
rrotrrrr{Ed}dqr;Errftgi
frtrrq r
sI.44-4?
ilrqtilsnqrq:
. v - t - - - t
- t - - -
?61
'
tr*trgs udqfr.ilrrtffi t
Et-dtfug* frrqtqrfff\t t
ilfrt srrtgt {stft,ftt Etq.tt 8s ll
Stoha 47. When the 3rd bhava is occupied aE
well as aepectedby a benefic planet and when the lord
of that bhava ie in conjunction with a benefic planet,
the astrologermay declarethe acquisition of an ornament
for the ears.
96
78tz
crdEqdtfte
Adh. xtl.
sl. 61-55
ArEtfrsrqmr
784
smscrRwrt
Adh. XII
gs fr{rw Frntilo{R*{rir qt r
grrrrdwisnrilf
(tfr gtrqq n \B tl
Sloka 54. When a benefic planet other than ye,
nus and the Moon occupies the 3rd bhava and is in a
benefic Navamsa,the person born will have palatable
food at his command.
qt{q ilftrErrrrnqrurd
dtqlf\t qR srffiGft
ft*r(sluruatrqfri qsrd
qr I
qrd((Isqso{otqfrql qq il \\ tl
Sloha 65. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a
Raci, Navamsaor Drekkana owned by Jupiter, or be
aspected by that planet, and if Mars occupy in great
etrength a Kendra or Trikona with respect to the lord
of the 3rd bhava,the person born will be fond of roors,
fruits, radishesand syrups.
sl. 6?-6,9
erqrilwqrq;
?66
NorBs.
Sameas Adhyaya8, Sl. 67.
ft't d{ qt u* ftqqftttt}rtt
nt qtMir {r gqufurA,{inu \6 tl
Slofra 58. When a benefic planet in its exaltation
in the 2nd bhava is aspectedby another benefic planet
or when the lord of the aforesaid bhava has attained a
tt&oit (Vaiseshikamsa),the personborn will become
the giver of food and happinessto many.
il sTqqg{}Trqsoq u
r$il ftqrqiqtgqrfi gwurfu;gqiqqft t
qdqqrnRffiEtrFrqgd,Tr{{wrftilt{rf u \3, ll
Sloha 59. The acquisition of learning, the welfare
of the mother, happiness, sweet-smelling subatanceo,
kine, relations, mental attributes, royal vehicles, Iands
and houses ariee from the 4th bhava,sav the sapieat
astrologers.
cl.
sld;n{<f
786
qRtsqrKwRr
Adh. xII.
frqrrrfifiqqfrgt fr*qg+f{t {r
qrfr frqriiaqqgq{;(uftqfut t
qrqetcd't
grfr eTqqwqGt
Rqrdqiwfi ugwrqrqilfirlqtin u Qotl
Slrrftc 60 When the Rasi representing the 4th
bhava is occupied by its lord or is either aspectedby or
agsociatedwith a beneficplanet, the person born will
be amiablefor hir learning and humility. The same
will be the casewhen Mercury is the strongest. If the
lord of the 4th bhava occupy a g:nrT(Dusthhana)or be
asscciatedwith or aspectedby a malefic planet,.the
person concernedwill be devoid of learning. The same
will be the result when the lord of the 4th bhava is in
a maleficRasi.
Norrs.
This as well as the next two slokas are also in ;rlil4t$.
frqEqfttudiqquil atqrRrnErqf( r
*qqdqeiit*uruarrp t.dRrnril qR
*M*qqriiufufrguil trqrftnqfiqstt qq ll
Bloha 61. If the lord of the 4th bhava, Jupiter
and Mercury be in the 6th, 3rC, 12th or the 8th place
from the Lagna, or if they b: in depressionor inimical
rigns,.the effect of the yoga will be to makethe P3reon
borq devoid of learning, intelligence and judgment.
But if these planets be in their exaltation or cil
(Swakshetra)or ia a Trikona or Kendra position, the
perEonborn will be perfect in the combination of such
advantagesas fortune, learnrng and education,and will
becone a favourite of kings and emperors.
sl.6A-64
ffistqrq,
r{I{6rn}1u-4} eueagq;dFq
gqrfqga}
ael gs] g\A<v vft g*i*'iEqqTliqqlnl I
qi as mqriefiR aargnqgsdqrgqG flfa+ qnflr:qeqfig: tl
ft} vruqrqlrTq
qreqrirfqtqt qi Er{o{fqi I
qrEil{ Etaqrir ql rr
oir qri qHU
Sloke 63. When the lord of the 4th bhava is in
the 6th or the 12th and without strcngrh,and when the
Lagna is occupiedby and aspectedby a male{ic planet,
a shrewd 4strologermay predict the loss of the mother.
Ihe fotlowing sloka ,.}rtTl*..
regarding
tossof mother
will be of interest:
'r,i qqq(af,+gQfi{rqrr}airg"ar}
i{rq}tI
fqiliqrqZfaqqflag'irirqrEfeft
g:r\ mqmlRqaq{t qft q ac&at
alt e-Eiduarftfrga q-aq itd qt( tl
dir q-i.et qt 6qt qTq1qdgiI
qrd* qrq{tstqrqqr,iid
q{{q:il qu tl
qrifsrTtRqrt
Adh"xII.
qriran?Trt
fft flqq?atlfuit
qrcndftfrGt( u q\ tl
r;rlqrtsfrfrq&
Sloka 65. When Saturnin the 4th bhava is arpect,
ed by a malefic planet and when the lord of the 8th
bhavaoccupiesdepression or inimical house,the agtro'
loger may predict the loss of the mother.
qr{STqtqft qrflittsftffi
qA qrqwrs+
wfr.i ftfrq+( ll Eqll
Sloha 66, When a maleficplanet is in the 3rd or
in the 5th bhava, and when the iord of the 4th is in
depressionor in an inimical sign, and when the Moon
is aerociatedwith malefic planets,the astrologer may
predict the mother's ailment.
d*q tRer$wRnr'fr
-TfiM silitqrpr
fta uirPet
{rrqrftt{ (ffi qR qrfirql
fr?is'tlt tt qs h
dqqlUfr Gilasqr
q'qrilfrftil{m+ftgq aqftqrrdt
qrdirilfGitiufii 'Iwilerril qd ll
sL08-?r
(tntseqrcr
?60
Sjola 68. The lords of the 6th and the 4th bhavas
in the 9th bharra produce profligacy in the father. If
the lords of the 4th, 9rh,6rh and the lct bhavas be
togetherin one bhava,the personborn has beenbegot,
ten in the motherby one other thanher husband.
{r qRffi
qA U,il{r W
Tt gt
qm}Eqna*r r
qr{rrrqlqfr ErIfeERqr{ft so ;1
gA snri+ qA qrdrs;*gfir
6qnrqRxfr|Tri!;( (qqiirqs! il el tl
Sloha 71, If the Moon occupying the
be in conjunction with Mars and the lord
bhava,the mother of thc person born will
intrigues with another The Sun and Rahu
bhavawill make the mother incontinenu
97
4th bhava
of the 6th
have had
in the 4th
v'n
rtrdqi
Adh.xll.
(ffi qf{fur{fr+qtfts{rnr t
utft t
st. ?4*??
Etqthsql*,
771
fieEqhttgr&olt {odgt I
Hnfrewt urq frq-il(ffisqil n \e\ tl
S/:ta 75. When the lcrd of rhe lOrh placefrom
the Rq{rs (Pithrubhava 9th) is in a g:rqr.r(Dusthhana)
and the lord of the Lagna is possessed
of strength, the
person born is either to become the bane of his pareJrts
or has had no dtc;frrir+rr (Seemanthasamskara).
qree{T}qro}ri
ilRrrffi qR r
qmritil ft ilTrtq rreEtl
eqtureqfr
Sloko 76. Il the lords of the 4th bhava and rhe
Lagna be in Trikona positions with respect to those
two bhavas respe*ively, and if the lord of one of the
Trikonas be in the Lagnr,the rnotherof the personborn
will die along wich the father.
qft r
trilo}{ftEqr h(ffiilr
a{{n;dlrmr}qa;qrcrgqillEls
ll ss 1;
Sloko 7 l. If the lords of rhe 4th, rhe 1sr and the
9chbhavasbe in Kendraor Trikona positions,they will.
during their dasaaqd antardasaperiods,Iead ts the
motherof the personborp following the father in death.
. ! u l r w
AdL XII.
iltinicrrtili
nZ
v v v Y w v Y : v
v v Y ! r
Y i v v v v v ! v v u v v : - f f i
Y v r
w !
tr(MqReng*sfi
e{mqegt il fidrfj'il{tn ll ee ll
S/ot r 78. The Sun and the Moon occupying res
pect,ivelythe 9th and the 4th bhrvas will lead to the
mother of the perEonconcerned following the father in
death. Ihe sameie the casewhen the bhava associated
with the Sun has the presencein or the aspecton it of
the lords of the 9th and the 4th bhavas.
t rqrwfurmffi{*flffqrddirmffq*fr*n:
Tnd"qts-{fr
fHrq {rftFiw}wrtqt*
di* rrrggtn mEnutatmiqt{r EonqI
qrr'trfrqqsod ftqfirfqrfwe
ililril diffq+
rgt
r (Et rft tt do tl
sr . 8r-83
qqqft5tqFr:
??3
dgmi{*#gssnqtsfrnr
qarqEfr{r}S
dtg q gct qqqrf dt tl
SioAc 81. When Jupiter has attained a Vaieeehikamsa (zirlr Adhyaya 1 s1.44) such as Gopur.a and
orhers, or is in the 4th bhava, and when the other
planetsoccupy the 2nd, the llth and the 4th bhavas,
the person born will be happy.
gqs&gifrct fr.qqrqqtsenr
I
gcfuerdrrilrffir qail
qRt
gd frcilt
ilGcrrPtr{nur
aqlqqr$ilqift qrtE! u cl fl
774
srdqcrfrwt
Adh. XII.
'q6{rfrriqsqilqrrtEfrsfi{rftTqftfio{r(|
qrt(fTqGftiErqrg!il c8 ll
ry,a{tT{{Reeq*qTE
!loh,.t 84. If the lord of an untoward bhava from
the Legna,occupying its depression or inimical sign in
the 4th bhava, be an enemy of the lord of the Lagna,
the astrologerssay that, through the dire influence of
rhis adverseplanet, the personconcerned will be bereft
of bodily and other comforts.
qgtqr{fu(qitqnw qod}qilqqfr(tcqtgsn t
qfrEil ftqsqilWfif gtr girngqq;qft*l
ll c\ ll
gxrFEi{;*rRgaqqtt
elfiseqflo(drft *cq
tr
s[ 8?-8e
EtEdsqrq:
776
grrai l16lf{r}-{i{trrT$rryor{lt de tl
Siotc 87. Every calculation,firstiy, in respectto
one's easeand comfort should be with referenceto the
4th houseand Jupiter ; 2ndly, every thing concerning
the mother should be thought of from the 4th bhava and
the lrloon ; 3rdly, all fragranceas w:ll as cloth, vehicle
and ornamentsshould be gueesedin referenceto the 4th
bhava and Venus.
cf , nslti-lomqrGl
qt it
gqui{alqiqrfi.qtq
{;nidtn;gerrftil
qife .t 14 ll
3Tilfr{tqlraetta?igrFE{tlrcqrt'igGf
S/o&a 88. il the lord of thc 4th bhavaoccupying
* ireneficsign be either aspectedby cr in conjunction
with Venus, and at the same time free {rotn the aspect
planet, the personborn will
of ;rn inimical or depressed
,:ujoy the pleastrreduc to ungents, odc,riferousflowers
a n d s i m i l a ra p p l i a n c e s ,
iqifrt
{iqiBqi n"inqis{q srit.q} dide
\,
dirq* ufiqgtq rafq{ rch {T{FTIC 5saq lrc3,ll
Slola 89. When the Moon is strot'tg,thc person
horn wiil have good clothes to wear; if tl-relr4oonbe
associatedwith Rahu or Ketu, his ciothing will be
tattered; if associatedwith Jupiter, the apparel will bc
of silk; if with Venus, it will be variegated with
jewels; and if with Saturn,it will be of a dark colour.
u\;gniuiii gwrftalt
ghoraiediar qfrtihi il t
7 76
qR{rqrltilfi
Adh"xII"
l;g$rfi,qtfrA fr'qq{frtftt r
FgqTe,rrt
ffi g*o(ftfllnt r
trft+ onflg+ ryggq}qim: rl
For the same effect, the following yoga isgiven in slflifi((t.
sl.es-eo
Tr+fisnq*
11r
qrffR(d
qTqrFqtqrqat q ff*
dtqrFqi qr,.rflqF$f& |
qrqqt4twqlqo
ar lfaqaqqqtGfrttrqrr
frgtr{qqrtrt=il{qtt, q6ffi I
qrait qogtqmtrfiqurFqtt
qtq tt qq ll
gqstEe qrqilrGs(i
778
lrtir{,fiftufr*
Adh.xrtr.
posse$6
{Uqtqrttgt qgts"{{Tai{ ll qq rl
sl. 10t-102
en(tfr$q{'a:
?7e
NorBs.
This sloka is found in qlfffit(.
qFfrf$qrwurql
ft'd{ttkd
{ftffi 'rTfsry
I
*;ri*qfruruilfr
{i6'rnRITKEf:
S{q&ffw
qq gt-ffifrtrtm*Ufr
Erll t " t li
qr;frf$fiTgt{ot{gft? crr6t
gfu;glnndqwgilcrgffirs
I
qs{ ?iEutqHqr;(qffi3
*rnfi*ior.&Ttl{U{frq6{{ lt ?"R $l
Sloku tOZ. A per$on will get a palanquin or 'l
horseto convey him when Venus, the Moon and the
with the lord of tlue
lord of the 4th bhavaarc associated
first. lf Jupiter, tht: lord of the 4th bhava, the Moo*,
and Venus be all together in a Kendra or a Kona posi"
tion, the person concerned wili get a vehicle bordered
on all sides.
NorBs.
See sloka ll8 infra. With this as well as the prt
compare the following :-
rnc{K*t{
qfuugg'lqftRil utifF*
qnngac*qqq+q{Hftqfri
loka
7W
llrtTqrawe
Adh. xII.
gqtqguFd Grdlwqr-*ftmr
w+egqfqf-*t
dq&t no f,{q( rr
emtrrq*{ra'qFtqra{r$tq I
glpro.}F'sTsftdwnrqqrqqq.n
*aqTqeMqfl(qed
or-qqrt,,lil
qrqrftil r
+eqftdfi-{rqsRarq'q}-q
qaft4 ffiqpq6u'amn*
genraffeqE
qrit Wt qi+qurdga: n t tl
"1
qsunarr;ils
u toB rl
dlft nrrta{ir rr
sl. 105-107
qrqqitsqrq:
?81
slcrin
frqilft* ucqrrfrddwr tt I o\ ll
qq|ri?E;a1qtq
tl
{qilr+ qfeil gQi} rr;ardfreqrqtutlftqn{
Eq eqI
onrertrRrftqacfqqmek
rfrqq{gEqtgqioarhrfrt}onqflf I
q;qFd
qrqig
tqrqnlqnrrEt{gqrrFr
q-gd{qii{{rfiq{rtdrqrftWFdt tt t oq,ll
Stoha 106. If the planet occupying the qth bhava,
the lord thereof and the one aspectingit, be in a Kendra
or Trikona position or in the l lth bhava identical with
their exaltation,their own or friendly signs,and if they
be also poseessed
of strength, they secureto the person
concerned long life, beds,seats,apparel, much landed
property,a good mansion,friendship of relatives,charm'
ing vehicles,fameand happiness-
t
hn*rcrsqFqet
ffirrcqlFft
RqrqrratqfrE,tft ffi trd{ ll tos ll
Sloha 107 Mercury in exaltationor in $wakghetra
(ser) iderrticalwith a Kendra or a Trikona place from
the Lagna,leadsto the acquiaitionof ab,rndantknowledgeand vast wealth.
qriri6crftwft
782
Adh"mi.
Nores.
For the sameeflect seethe following frorn .r{({le{l-(.
frqtt TrarfqnTqrdfh'rqgat
gerrr*iflqilq
dqF,il-qrftftqfprftfioqril qifhdlt"gtEf r
d gd .niorwrgrugqCat,iftfqe'
grrE{Tr{t
ffi;qwaft firti qif:{*' drdt q il
\
r!
d[
omnigqnrtiRrs{iltt rTr{rrwF{nwff{
qiin{! UqETirfilgqiba& orsqf}qar t
sr;qlqd\mtfkar qR q{rqroflryrrgr
gr&
: tt t oc ti
iqfr q$d;ilqrTihgodirwil6rfte
Slofta 108. If, in any horoscope"the four planets,
-via., the lord o{ the 4th and tire 9rh bhavasreckoned
from thc lord of the Lagnaand the planetsoccupying
the two bhavas-be slrong in. ;ruspiciousvargas and
relatedto chc Lagna in someway, and if they whereven
possiblebe associated:withor aspectedby one another,
the personconccrnedwill b: a kinE long,lived,energetic,
of four,corner;dvehicies,largewealthand
in possession
other symholsof sovereignty'.
qarqrT
; affiHoriqqn*iihnfl rrqurffipqq. I
sr.r10-1tr2
lr(qftsqrq:
?8i!
uruft{rd*q?egu EErlrEr
lt I I " u
S/ofra 110. If the lord of the 4th house occupy
singly and in strenqrh one of the three positionsmen"
tioned in sloka108,srzlrc (r.e.trsr,4rhand 9rh bhavas)
and be associated,with tire Lagnaor its lord, the dasa
periodof the pianetin questionwill leadro the acquisi,
tion of veiricnes.
qgiiqqtqqirftrarqrf|6qwqrqrorftur*t t
{UEft qra,q
squrrrrntqq-rrrrrfq
ll t t t ll
S / o a a1 1 1 . I f t h e l o r d s o f r h e 4 t h , 9 t h , i l , t h a n d t h e
Znd bhavasbe reiateci to tire Lagna in some way and
have strength, thcy will, in their severa! dasaperiods,
respectivelylead to the acquisitionof a kingdom,good
fottune, accessionof wealth and property.
t rqfrsfhinirsgirr
taurqt\q*u*ft i{go g{or gilf egfI
N
ft{ ftitgqftqEl sr(* rTlqqrPfr
qTqmr-fr
fr{ril{ftrffibqrilfr rr ilR tl
,NA
|lilmfut
Adh.xu.
ggqtaili{rfrqoqreqerfr
n l t tQtt
qrfiufRo'rqrKglqqgqlnil! |
m{qrqfiar?g}a s}oqqil''fFqm,
t
dti Ergtqtgqrmgiemwrurtt
qt td nqrcdfttat ilsililqft{ilq I
grQqrqgisa;iiqRgtqrni*nni a fr
q{ (ffih
furgqqFdtrsrtaor{
n tt\ rr
sl. 116-119
etq{tsrqTqt
?85
ffrrtd.&Fftfrurqqnrfrq* t
qoqd qRq1dw{qrrqsilnfr
u qtE tl
Slofta 116. If the lords of the 4th and the 10th
bhavaseither occupy or aspectthe llth bhava and be
$trong.they will bestow every blessing.
qq\rearratddet{qFqftqR I
ffigfr
tt I tz ll
darrmirroGqy,q.
Nores.
grl{Enrfirft grrq{{g* t
qtnFnr e{tqr{qfofrqR qrqi ll t tq ll
99
?86
trrcqcrRqre
Adh. xll.
-t *"*"
nleqrf\qqhqrGq\qqrddtqrfqgas,rrrr( r
\.i
flfliiqrqggqilrilor{aqtar r t
gariuiawgrrrrrwl{rtrri{r{ u tqq tl
S / o A aI ? t . l f t h e l o r d so f t h e ? t h , 6 t h , 4 t h 3 r c l r, ) r h ,
l s t a n d t h ; l 2 t h l ; h a v a sb e r n c o n j u r r c r i o nw i t h r h e l r i r t l
of the 5th bh,rv.r,the pcrs;u born will riossrrsslandr
t c c m i n gw i t i r i r u , ' n b c r l c sm
sincs.
s[ 123-126
grEtftsqrq:
78?
rurilfr Rm qloqdqrrqtgt I
t
orh;nfutfirt qTewqariqi
_rtil.f,.c{
iIiT.nGt
I
fr*ne '{iqt g h'i qi}a'{ainqQq}oi
girdiFc||
sqflqii fir t<flqr*ific{rqqqrfh
o{inwlrnriqnrdqt: qdqnfrt
n tlE tf
ot qrqft qr t{ei iifraffiqqo{Es
qrnrqraqfi
788
Adh. xII.
Sloka 126, If the lords of the lrt, 4th and the 9th
bhavasbe in the iOth, and the lord of the latter occupy
or aspect the Lagna, the effect of the yoga will be a
throne.
cf.
fl.ffi{d
qrrhart{rgQanr:miftqarntq*arfE{or'r
+t+rtqdigt figri ffronanrRgqrflfld
ll
udungq{r{mr{qrnrcr qit r
q{fr aFltffi frrffiq?d{iq.tt tRs tt
Sloka 127. lf the lords of the 10th, lst and the 4th
bhavasoccupy the 10th bhava and the lord of the last
mentionedbe some way connected with the Lagna, the
person born in the yoga will become the master of a
throne.
NotBs.
Some books read, "grTlt{t=<Tl:tt
in place of "g141gtttl:',
qR I
gwtgqmtilr *;quiurFTril
qtsqrirreqqiqosonfur?rfiq
u tRd tl
-._"--,-.."-",--"-19n
.__._--.*-,1S_.IT"
?'.]3-T1s_'_
eqrn.d{rfit nqrPirqqrnrrt'
ilErquiil{nt ffs:sqq?tdiqtt 11" tt
preceding
sloka 130. The personrcferredto in the
throne when, in the
sloka will becometh. o..upunt of a
4th bhava' its own
rnain dasa(qlrr) of thc lord of the
the progress
antardasa(eta{rn; sets itl, and when. during
(fi6tr) and within it the
of tbis antardasa,the vidasa
bhava is reached'
up.d.., (Yqm) of the lord of the 10th
qqt{Qfis(ritrTrfigqritfr onrldsgqd I
i.iiu *1.t qutii iaeiqqdqlftqft {r{qrq{ t lt
qt
wilIIEIiqqfi m:r&glrct qod$ I
qqiiqi{r{qGqqq+w{ilii t* gsnerEri lt llR ll
bhava be in the
SJoftc 132' if thc lord o[ the 6th
t)rh ur aspectedby bcncfic planetsor possessedof much
the yoga will have to
strength,th" p..rot bcrn under
the dasa period of the
surrender,for sometime' during
to his enemy'
lord of the 4th bhava,his whole fortune
gtqfi\t fiqqAegse{rqqmt<utfrrieq t
qrqdlqirc firr;fi gar<rw{ wtfr r{q tttlltt
cet forth in
Sloha 133. If, under the conditione
7m
qrdEqftqrt
Adh. )ilI.
with the lord of the 4th bhava, the whole fortune of the
person concerned will be with the enemy during the
whole of the dasaperiod of tlre latter planet. But il the
planetary conjunction be malefic,the fortune vrill return
to ite former owner at the concluding portion of the
daaaof the lord'of the 4th bhava.
trqri girQ*Tdirg{rtgt I
qr *nRffii
$erqFilffi{rs tl
oni\qq wfrrqRqtrfu-
wtTrs'sifut.niimr{rq.
I
qri{rgftq} ftqq;g{rftr
qralnmFqgngrkurftgr
il t{Q il
sl. 137-1s8
atq{tst?rq!
791
qrdlorritrftrd
I
fr ?.iwtit orrr}F{fr
dEtrE!
{q{dtqr gqgfi ft*qiuRriiq
ofiur gqrrftrr grrgfi fi&qRilqs tf lle tl
Slohu 137. lf the lords of ttre 2nd and the 4th
bhavasoccupy, in conjunction with a benefic planet,
the 9th bhava identical with a benefic Rasi, the peroon
born will comeby a treasurelaid un der,ground. Again
if the lords of the llth and the 2nd bhavasbe in the +th'
bhavabe in a benefic
and the lord of the last-mentioned
sigrr in conjufr:tion with a benefic pilnct, the acquisition of hiddeh trcaslrrewill be the result. Thirdiy, thc
lord of the l lth bhavacccupyingthe 4th in conjunction
with a benefic planet is a giver of wealth concealed
underground.
Nortis.
't16q,1q,
This appe:rrsin
Adh. xII.
crdofiftEtir
r v v ! ! v v v ! ! v v v v v
v v v i v v v v v v v r
- . v . ' r
! t v v
- -
Y ! . #
.Jtt
I
"qq\ o{t6 {ifisadqrql
Gi uuq{n} qrqbiliqG{l(! ll tBt ll
S l o k al 4 l . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c 4 t h b h a v a f r o m t h e
Lagnaoccupy the llth, the person born will lodge in a
stranger'shousein a foreign land ; if it occupy the 8th
bhava,there will be no house etc.' owned or tenanted
by him; if the plarrctbc in thc 6th bhava,he will lodgc
in a houseof which thr: master is a paternal relation,
suchasan uncle,a cousitr,etc.
sl. 143-146
Etqrilsqrqr
oamq+fr,tETqrrrowFqilt I
ilrqitaqstrtrd qdlqtq qiaq: ll tsg ll
Slokn 144. Awise astrolog., -iy assertthe sound
condition of as many housesas there are planetsin the
Trikonas and Kendrasfrom the Lagna.
cf . q-{Fr{
*-afi+;iotgfjqq gi ndla'tarJ(rf\ofiq:
r
ffidqqt
qrdsqrfoflt
Adh. XIL
qrarfrqrQrftaruqr$REi
twri {rqriI
gi ciq tt lus ll
qtiEiorrfr
Sk* igs{tftqft
qn1qatut
ircnt git;gq1pqtr
,
qTsft
uiiwrrf{r+
it*t .&q&tq ll lsq ll
rqrtqarqft{Ri
rfr a'iaq*aa
||
ErrfffiqrRqft
ar(dls'.qrqs
qfrqflsuuFt:
crrcrirqftqrfr
il qerqgrtHFqrHrll
AdhyaYa,
THa nrnecrs oF tttr
XIII.
ll qq[ q{grrir$o{
ll
goqdii'irft'
qHTIIR(Ne's{,T*itreiftrqel I
qhir{{'-d+(ll q li
wrffifffttr
Sloka 1. It is from the 5th bhava that an astrologer should think about a person's tutelary deity,
oovereign, son, father, intelligence and religious merit.
A pilgrimage has to be guessed with reference to the
?th, the 6th, the 2nd and the l0th bhavas. Any wan'
dering to a far-off placeshould be ascertainedfrom the
l?th bhava. The father's happinessmay be known
with reference to the lst and the 4th bhavasand the
Sun. The acquisition of children is to be determincd
'Ihe
in connection with Jupiter and che 5th bhava.
wife's accomplishments,the astrologer may predict
through the 7th birava,the lord of the Znd and Venus.
cf"
qrd$I{<ot
:I
g&*+erewr;rfladitln&ft'rfiftfinsq
gdrfil{rAqaqqriqi t}nqqt, qftRoaf,tqq
tt
7J5
7s6
sfrdtfcrRqre
Adh. XIII.
sq silfr{rrqtftegtftqmii=sfr t
qrfr qrcfitgEqft;giter){i}ti
gqn s}
fiog qrqst gt {rftrq{nr;qrRq}tqtr{ ttrtt
Slohrt Z. If the 5th bhava from the Lrgna be oc,
cupied or aspected by a maieplanet, the personbrrn
will adorca male deity. If the Sth bhava be an even
Rasi and asp:ctedor o:cupied by the Moon or Venus,
he will prcfer to worship a femaledeity. If the planct
aspectingor occupyingthe 5th bhrva be the Sun, the
deity worslripped'will be the Sun chiefly ; if the Moon
or Venus, thc goddessiirft (Gouri) wilt be adored; if
Mars, it rvill b: Kartikeya; if Mercury, the object of
adoration will be Vishnu ; if Jupiter, ir will be Siva.
If the 5th bhavr be in conjunction with or aspectedby
Saturn or others, zrie., Rahu or Ketu, the person will
worship other deities.
NorEs.
This sloka al)pears in :ltdfr{d,
The word sltq{
{TqI;* gRq+..rt;qqlqfi6q( ll
ofiirrqqrcqqil]uqfrntq{ikl gffimrtcr I
sl.4-5
?{I(ilstqtq:
7s7
oi qraqdlg tgqdtsirsq{t*:
ffi
ftffqrfrkgfu{ qia{tq-tqet gt
qrdoqrRcra
798
Adh.XIII.
furerf iqqqnarftqrtRftwrerffi * 1
q*sft ffiqift
ilrtoi iEqrutfr
Gerrr\err
ormsroorhgqqft{rtsqqtsso}i*t
q;ilet qR s.qqihfr aqrH*sqrswrnsI
qrqHqqtqfi fqgir *aie.ril]ilrar
sranirn{ gxqroig*s{if.B'fr il d tl
sl.8
ldqqtsqrq:
79e
qrilEcrRqre
800
Adh. XIII.
unhappy.
If Virgo is tr.rrise with the Sun in it and Saturn be in Pisces,
the native witi kilt many rvives. If Virgo is to rise witl, l\lars in
Capricorn, such a peison wili lose nlany sons who are born.
It may however be asked "Why
does Saturn in
The
Pisces with
as ruler of tho t'th, in the 7th aud in opposition to the ruler of the
l2th is bad. To be mo.re explicit, the rulers of bacl houses sh<luld
not be in Subha Sthanas igqtqta) or good houses.
T h e S u n a n d S a t u r n i n o p p o s i t i o n w i l l i n c l i c a t en r o r e t h a u o n e
wife especially in dual signs.
j \ I a r s i n t h e 5 t l r n r a y l ' r sg o c d f o r l i n : r . n c e ; b u t i t i s c e r t a i u l y
b a d f o r i s s u e sa n d r v i l l a l n ' a y s l i i l l c h i l d r e n .
married wife;
sr.8
801
tffissqtq:
J.!w
to raise up issue for him ; (:) r< (Datta)' one tlrat has been
receivedas a gift from his natural parents for being adopted;
(+) *iiie(Kreeta), one that has been purchasedfor purposes of the
c o n t i n u a n c eo f t h e f a m i l y ; ( 5 ) f l T q ( K r i t r i m a ) r a s r o w n - u p s o n
adoptedwithout the consentof his natural parents; (6) 3{qqcrr{
(Adhamaprabbava), an offspring born to a low'caste woman
(7) rtqx (Gudhotpanna), a son born
through a Brahmin;
secretly of a woman when her husbandis absent, the real father
being unknown ; (8) 3{ciaq(Apaviddha}' a son that is abandoned
by the father or mother, or by both, and adopted by a stranger;
(s) ficrfi-{(I'auuarbhava),a son of a widow rernarried; (10) 6tdia
(Kaneena),the son of an unmarried wornan; (l l) {il6 (Sahodha)'
(12) <rtci{a (Dasi'
the son of a rvoman pregnant at rnarriage;
'l'he
particular
kind of son
slave.
female
prabhava), the son of a
Saravali'
tbat one may get is thus describedin
eDll
gqEDaQgqrfberqrqinhsqil
r
mt n\Xqfgq{eigr$qr*,erq1q:
fr*qg{ qiqfa q}'iisft.iu} {aqee: tl
q|(sqTRqft
802
Adh. XIII.
\\or
ll
{flF9a: 91: sJqqq{qrrTFt
gr: il
ifiebssqq
sfRt qrqta:Rqqfa
qfrrfiqoqqrit,
gatt qo4uqngtr
g*.n eenriga:*fin: n*aa tt
diarr$+ qrqdqai HEr{rrft |
.\
c
\
^\
qldlsgr:
gQq:HFqq{ilqKIiT ll
S u c h o f t h o s e i n w h o s e h o r o s c o p e st h e 5 t h h o u s e i s o c c u p i e d
s p e c t e d b y l r e n e { i cp l a n e t , so r r : ; i t s e l f a u a u s p i c i o u s s i g n ( b e i r : g
o n ' n c - db y b e n e l i t : s ) ,w r l l c e r t a i l l y b e b l e s s e d w i t h o n e o r o t h e r o f
t h e l < i n d so f s o n s d e s c r i b e d a b o v e . I f i t b e o t h e r w i s e , t h e r e w i l l
be no issue.
If the 5th hr.ruse,couuted either from the Lagna or the lloon
u h i c l r c i e r i s s t r o u g c r ' ,b a p p e n t o b e a \ - a r g a o f J u p i t e r a n d s h o u l d
also bc a benelil sign or be aspected by benefic planets' the person
concerned rvlll have an ctfo{(i(Aur;,sa) son.
The numl,rer olt sons that a person may lrave is that
signihed
be
s[8
*irqqisrqrqr
803
ildcqrRqre
Adh. XIII.
u3$dril' asiq;qrfiqaqq,iiqnI
afirrfiq,it,rai qn?gqi gq.i: tI( ll
qef}dqril f;iitflqlarsfE
qqqdtqi{r(eqT
I
qlq qfauqiirutgqqlarRqrfii tt
qftq ffafha,irii ghsnarfiqlfqi I
eEar eg'l:o,itqqFnui fii\or tt
{!{m'it: aaui ifiSaaftqrgi'ia-F{ir:
gh turrrqal-isfi aaflnhtqTolql:ll
grelnqfr e qI ;IEr{to{lFso}sEEI
sq qi{gmqiikavtgeiair qrqf t
$qd gt'{f{rhagi iIIffig gldi{r}
qlfliqeqntireq ffTqtldtqRfqst ll q ll
st 9-10
aqlqtfrsqrq:
m0
qlqlFqaqqrdt.qaq,TqlqflgmI
gqfaqlilfq-qn *'qAz C gni. FII( ll
This as rvell as thc ne.rt six slolias are in lidl,(d.
808
arftnFltRiri
Adh. XIII.
aqrtgr(ffifuagt ffitsun
eft*q{t c g{utilfrsaqg*qt(
q+sgi qh tt t t tt
gM{qfts RII{t{r$qa}
s[ 19-14
zqtqdcqrq:
8nt
NorBs.
For the lst {l{ (paaa)of this sloka comparethe following
from qoaliiqt\\
'.
\
^\
ssdMtutfrs{
C<risdq sr&ldtRfi q( t
rJ6rREqffi4qreqfraqll tl ll
*nffiqtJ$r:
gdt{: grTd
qnnF Rilt
809.
Adh.xlil,
grvr?qRq,fr
-ril{o}qrtfhtrSr}
qrejffit
gilIqritfr qqtl
qR Wqtqfiim qtshT{r q{qrE
dcq!1T
qbtaiiitiqi gilEdiqriurtqrqi n t\ tl
Sloka 15. If the lorde of the 5th and the Znd bha,
vas be weak and if malefic planets aspect the bth bhava,
the person born even when he has many wiveg will
certainly have no children. But if his wife be born
under a yoga which makesa Bon possibleand if the 5th
bhava be aspectedby a benefic planet or the lord of the
6th place from the 5th bhava, she will become the
Eother of a son by a paramour.
NorEs.
With this, compare XIV-I6
infra.
Norrs.
gFqtfqrilfti-i:
gFqT
fierilftii: gdt{;iiar: gpiraqrqgq?firgi
gafr
t-t:-t-t----.*,--.,.-ff*'-,.-. - -*".- Y
cf . also the following from SITIKER
sgrrtMta qqtgqtlnlFqligrqi{r {e
gaernftas: gag'*Fq * qqqdsfls: I
rrq)friqeulqqfi qggir:erflneilgtr x
ga' t
u}ril rGg{tuqTllgecq*if
s,*q)gu{: ensai wg,trrw*tt
ng'r}irvn r
s{iit q=uq61qEqgle{
q-.q).dagee+1q.JE
il tiq gerft il
ed r'ilqrq"q'ilqtqg,fir\ g,rw I'i t
q;*;q{i-fnaeq6gwra}
+trqnfi qtq( |
geardieaOq:H qqfrR aw n+qfi<Fufi(rl
erai dfiiriqfd q gftfir* arqgvn<afi n
'a'i
girsqqnfP{fi
r ring* qrcq{
rrqrfi-qqErin]
drgnl ad glal a'rrr
,{raa}qfi qlf}a:qaqfi'tfltgfi{iHet{Tq
tl
ti t6oflalrafrg'<nrgi<rq
r0z
8r0
ctaqcrRqR
Adh. XIII
grtlrrriddi qltxdrsrfRt
usrftrr ffi gr{ritf tuqr lt ld tl
Slofra 18. When Jupiter occupiesthe 6th bhava
n full etrength and is aspectedby the tord of the
Lagna,a son will undoubtedlybe born.
XIEtfqrftn;sA I
qrot@i
\
e{t qs{ q;q: flE} qq+ftd: I
qr\, qrarf,gFDa
qflqrq*t at: ll
Also
Also q-ffiE;I
a\
A.
gqr<rE{rlfFqil{gqfil6q{11fr
Igrt{o\\\
ar.IrEtrilfiwt6quqrrgqfl$q: I
sl.8r-82
81n
tq?qrfrsrnrrqs
qrqfl$ |
onrrHqw{heltrfum:
*{it-Gffiftor: lt 1q ll
${anftErte{r
Sloka 22. If maleficplanetsbe in the 18t, ?th, gth
and the 12th bhavasand occupy the vargas of inimical
signe,they will causethe extinction of the family
Norrs.
The following yogas leading to the same eflect are fronr
dtd4(4.
onFsgfllErrilktgfrIqlqq{terrfiarufg: t
qTqqQT
ffgrrdl4t d q{ie ih}q*ila
qK: I
qrGqa*rgi sgmo'tgfrEugilgnrt r
ars
qrir$c'rRqrt
Adh.XIII.
iFExrr
gqr 6{rr qrorirftrqi sEqdtert
fitqrr tqui61q qpitsfi qii{i*ilr: 1 Rl tl
Sloka 23. Eighr classesof femalesare excluded
hom the benefit of the rules governing the birrh of
children. Theseare: (i) a barren woman; (2) one ad,
v a n c e di n y e a r s ; ( 3 ) o n e e m a c i a t e d
by disease;'(4o
) ne
that is a child; (5) one discased; (6) one without
menstruation; (7) one whosc body is rouglr; and lastly,
(8) one that is corpulent.
gtolnntrrgeqlrilfr\Sq r
u{s qo-di?gEtraqrFfidxretiilil i,B tl
Sloba 24. When Jupiter and the lords of the lst,
the ?th and the 5th bhavas are all weak, childlessness
ahould be pronounced.
Notns.
This sloka is taken from I'arasara.
glrsfrt{&} g fifi'{Tr
iffmerf,ril R\ tl
'When
Sloha 25,
a maleficplanet is in the bth
bltava and its lord is depressedand without benefic
arpect,childlessnessmust be pronounced.
cI. q{rf.{qt
Norrs'
flrrftndwrtgii R:s,ftt-n&vegt
mr
gim nnr:+ftilsx q$' g\e} gnt get rr
81.26-?8
lirqlr)svrqr
813
U'oei6q1*1qsqQiiqt I t
gqrr+rr(Rttu-qr ifi1ttil ll Rq ll
Sloka 28. When malefic planets occupy the 5th
placef rom Jupiter, Lagnr and.tl'reMoon and are neither
associ,rted
with nor aspectedby b:nefic planets,child,
lessness
must be pronounced.
qffi-qr ifirretil tt Rs ll
qoqtiqat
Norrs'
oaifrcanfiai gr,rgcri+fhi'aeg')ngtfhhgr
vlirnlg galg giralg g:t-'lr.{tga q?f}f,gdt: fi'rp( ll
When the 5th places counted frorn the Lagna, Jupiter and
the Moon arc either associated rvith or aspectecl iry malefics and
a r e d e v o i d o f b e n e 6 c s o r o f t h e i r . r s p e c t ,o r , w h e n t h e s e h o u s e sa r e
'the
surrounded by malefics on botlr sides aud when
lords of tbe
above said horrses are posited in Dustthanas (i.e., 6th, 8th aod
l2th), the person concerned can have no issues whatever.
qila{n ilGfirr ll R6 ll
qttscrliq e
8r4
Adh. XIII.
q-of,rftqt
trqafrsnqeqwildqtqqs
EiwRrftr I
qg_..(fr1
$CIRdrdlql Srl iT {T;<tRill 1o ll
sI.89-33
lqHssqrq:
815
n gnTrr&g!ll
Tho causeof shildlessness,
qgTfqrgist RqaTqq$ffiqr ll 11 tl
snir$qffi ftgqrttflf\t t
816
crfisqftiln]
Adh. XIII.
aqqlT{r{r}
qrt qrilf,qr($rrqqrlt lB rl
Sloka 34. If a malefic planet be in the 4th bhava,
and the lord of the 5th be in conjunction with Saturn
and the 8th or the t2th bhava be occupied by a malefic
planet, the loss of issues is in consequenceof offence
againstthe moth:r.
*eqt 11Qull
g1rFtrril3
sr{( qftqg/li{-dli}{ilt
srsfgTarQrqq
ilil Eqr+T!gils il Qull
SloAa 38. If there be a planet in the 5th bhava
st.89-{s
8r7
rqtqtilsErFtt
U of the 5th be
by any planet, then the person concerned
unacpected
will have eonaby adoptionand other ways.
Norns.
There are two other readings, rtiz.(l) cc$ Sr<rla end Ql;ng:s"ilq4q.
qrqtnrtq* Setq{rrfuit
wfrEt grilq{e+qntfrsftqrt
q;qt{s{qTAEqg*'t{ffi
ll Bo ll
Wqiirqt5qRrqI giqilsirgwfuerI
818
ffirc|frq|t
Adh. XIII
"
q-{t{rsR{ilntal gsqqnqqrfutrs
t
Also nu{'nr*r
St ,f6-46
!
v Y v
819
aqlqiisqrqr
v v v v Y v v v
v v
vvvvr
vY
uvvvvv
UvurY vff
ohfrfrq(ait;mqnrrilgfr r
*i Gqrffiq* s{.eqgFtg* q qR *i
qqfall
qeqisqqnfrgx, ,T,IaIFd\
Also c({r(
gil{ rTerrrilE
ildtqw;rr$E{ {orr( lHd
ilfiq iqrfitrirrarttrtfiRrdq iteftr q I
qrdt*E aqirrffiq.S{eqn Ki{I ffit tq\q
afrqadqdlfttcq g ffnqslaf glqql ll 8q ll
the number
Slohu 46. An astrologermay a-qcertain
of sonsfrom the 5th bhava; of brothersfrom the 3rd;
oi wives from the 7th ; of servant-nraidsfrom the 4th;
aod of menialsand friends from the Znd. Multiply the
elapsedNavamgas (in minutes) in eachbhava by the
benefic aspect on it (in Rupas) and set down the result'
Divide thir by 200 (which is the number of minutes io
qratc|Q!fi
820
Adh. XIn
tri.
qilqi Hf,q?nrrdT
rrrqFqFqr
qia&,im er
dHinfi ryQ,iaft atgrtt:$R6t:g*a-r 1
ufr g+,aga-a)fRqgdrfiairrriqrft6tfi
hfqq-arflqr,igfiEmftdnBfqosqqii rr
Also va;qqpq1
q flaftdeldqrs,lqqian}sR ET
gdqEi{HrTTfQ
61se |nr;46;a
;aHrrr4l$scrqdpqrq6H;dfi: Hi*
gdFt I
ql'fufiarfi.ItfFqorqi
?lE;{Irilnig{q}ifirnrq.
tl
Also q'aifq+r
eruldtqTftqqiab'
g?rgaagmtfttcqrfii' r
gnfial grqrfaiiiln(gh nt' gefqfafifqosh
rr
The nunrber of issues should be deterrnined by a consideratios
(
t
)
tle planets in the 5th houseor those that are posiredalong
of
with the lord of the 5th bouse, as to boc' rrran! of them are in
f r i e n d l y , d e p r e s s i o no r i n i r n i i : a l N a v a r n s a s . A s i r n i l a r e x a m i n a t i o n
s h o u l d a l s o b e m a d e i n r e s r ) e c to f t i r e 5 t h h o u s e o r i t s l o r d r e c k o n e d
from the gigr: occupied by Jupiter or the sigr: representing the
N a v a m s a o c c u p i e < ib y t h e S u n ^
sl.4?-49
qqiqrilsqFrs
sitl
rqqn qrqafirrsrdor.{ftgrGirttrr(ts il Be lt
Sloha 47 Leaving out the figures indicating the
number of signs in the bhavas to be mentioned below,
multiply the degrees, minutes, etc. in each, converted
into minutes, by the figure (in Virupas) representing
the beneficaEpect and divide the producta by 60 and
again by 200. The results arrived at in respect to the
6th, the 3rd, the 7th, the lst and the 4th bhavasreEpectively represent the number of sons, brothers, wiveE,
menials whether male or fernale, and friends that the
owner of the horoscope is to have. The figures got
similarly from malefic aspect on the several bhavas
above,mentionedindicate the number of sons and otherc
that will be lost.
grt{rdqo{q(segiluT'iu-rrwgii
S*rft:siEtf]ear$eg(rwinicqrsgils I
qrgqrinfftliFffiSeqqlTmru{Tarrlsq{t
aCa..
qmhrgeqrr
.fi.T,iftfrqqSiqqqqt
gdtsn Bd tl
S/oAa 48. Add the correct f iguresfor the lords of
the 5th and the lst bhavas,and find out the Rasi and
the amsa the sum represrnts. When Jupiter passel
through this and its triangular positions, there is a
possibility of a scn beiog born. Agrin, take the pum
of the f igures for jupiter, the Moon and the Sun, and
ascertainthe Rasi and the Navamsasthe suro repreqents.
Tbe number of the Navamsasobtained give the nunber
8n
Gs'fun
Adh. luII.
of irrues of the perloD concerned. Two nore alternative methodsfor ascertainingthis oumber are: (1) edd
tfre ligurea of the lords of the 5th, the ftb and the 4th
bharns and ascertain,a8 in the above care, tbe number
of.part Navamcacin the Rasi fouod. Thic will be the
oumberrequired: (2) add the figuresof the planetaif
any in the 6th, the 9th and the 4th bhavas. The nunn,
ber of childrenwill be the numberof elapaedNavamcag
in the Rasi found.
Norns.
Ihe following from qodfrqt givesa clue to ascertain when
conceptionmay be possible:
qogd swifrqtfharqqqqa{fr
isrq r
frri qr Wq-+ qiiTdql t,TqRrr{: tt
Conception (of a birth) may take place when, the Sun and
Venus in the case of males, Mars and the Moon in tho case of
fomales, being possessed of strength pass through their Rasis or
Navamsasidentical with an orq-qq(Apachaya) place.
qM
'Aowqar(gIqEqrd
dqrqltui q irrftfiIu*
$fddf*q t
g{sr;rq6nT{$ugeqqruil ilq{r
il&aF{rftrfsrmfifirURq gTf,(r tt Bq tl
Sloha 49. The 5th and the 9th bhavas from
Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna are child'producing.
During the dasaand bhukti of thelord of a child'produc'
of a
ing bhava,the astrologermay predict the accession
child. Add the figures for the lords of the 5th and the
?th bhavas,and ascertainthe star indrcatedby the totai.
ln daaayieldaa son. The dasaas well as its bhukti of
or ie in conjuncrion with
a pluet which either aEPects
sl. 49
tfiqqisqtqt
883
dti=gfhftarbt+qqqa
3rd q grqi{+
gdqfri n+remo1r
dtqi dqEaea.Fa
qIwg{ gwg}+q qqqscq}
diqr*s"{irq{
qfl;rfii:
qTgFSinlqtF5erfagQf,
qfrrtwaqti
8s4
Adh. xlil.
ono hiurto divine the possibility of the nativc being blessed with
issues.During au Amavasya, a *fii4 (chhidra) tithi, the ftB (Visntl)
Karana or any one of the it Karanas, there will be no issue at all_
*Chhidra Tithis are (l) qg'ff (Cnaturthi), (2) sO(Shashti), (t)
eisdt (Ashtami), (4) TTnl (Navami), (5) <rtal (Dwadasi), and (6)
.r$ht (Chaturdasi). These six ane generilly avoided for any
auspicious function.
There are I I Karanas distributed over the 30 Tithis of the
Lunar month at the rate of 2 Karanas for each Tithi. Four of
these viz., (l) Chatushpatthr, (2) Naga,ra, (3) Kimsthuehna and
(4) Sakuna are called (Stthira) Karanas and are so named as they
permanently hold sway over the four hatf Tithis commencing
from the 2nd half of KrishnapakshaChaturdasi. The other seven
viz., (l) Bava, (2) Balava, (3) Kaulava, (4) Taitula, (5) Garaja, (6)
Vanija and (7) Vishti or Bhadra are called Chara or moveable
Karanasand occur in 8 cycles to preside over the remaining 56
h a l f T i t h i s o f t h e l u n a r m o n t h b e g i n n i n gw i t h t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f
Suklapaksha Prathama.
ct.
frrgITqrRffiI
gglftr$r!:IilwzT
4{ult: 4qTE 1
sr.49
rffistwqr
825
qge{ft?qfats(dr <il(arqrfttrrqaqaErqtt
qft ftEqrfi qeqqqigi'it q{Fqr:qa}sfr+e-tqt
qe{frqriluqfr
qTrrrdF+,;qq &a aft mlq tt
Should however the result happen to be one of the chhidra
(fu<) fltnis, the iliii (vistrti) Karana or a fu( (Stthira) Karana
alluded to in the previous sloka),one ought to worshipGod Krishna
by meansof the Purusha Sukta mantras to ward off the barrenness
lhreatening the family. If the Tithi disclosed be Shashti' he
ought to worship God Subrahrnanya; if lt be Chaturthi, he ought
to propitiate the lord of serpents: if it be Navami, he ought to
arrangefor the rerrdingof Ramayanaand hear that Stogy; if it be
Ashtami, he ought to observe the Sravana Vrata (bv fasting); if
it be Chaturdasi, he must worship God Siva by Rudrapara'
yana; if it be Dwadasi, he must propitiate the Gods by liberal
feeding; if it be Amavasya or Pournami' he ought to propitiate
the Manes. Thcse things he ought to do all the more and with
greater care and effort when the Tithi happens to be one among
the last 6ve of the month--uiz. after 5!Tl'{A({riil. Generally, in
the dark half of a month to whichsoever of the three divisions
a Tithi may belong, worship ought to be resortedto; the particular
deity to be propitiatedbeing Nagaraja in the first division 6iz'15 Tithis), Skanda in the second (next 5 fithis i.e. 6- l0) and
Hari in the third (or last 5).
drftqilmFf,q"
qtq tr
fr*,qqawRfiri' q-{rqg
lf at a birth the lord of the 5th house be posited in its inimi.
cal or depressionsign or be eclipsed {by the Sun's rays} or occupr
LM
8s6
qnr'lqrftqrt
,q,dh.xlil.
%%
ga,mwfilgort
rt"dggqoiridR
B4qlqgqrk{t{qq{rs}qrofr
s}qd,r
gRRsilFgrq*qrroi
wrq frqfrtqdr
{IqfaroiFar(fdqreqqa:
aftfrsgeilqrgt
lt
q-tsEplqqr6$
frqft: ii: ftffq1fift: rr
qlil aail gtvnftt s{e {rT'rrirrtT
hal qrqomqdagfot \alqm{ qi( r
gh-{ gfdmrFqd}
oGaq.kfrr6' gt
$q) eTqffi mqtfrfrqtaN+qurqn:rg
lf thc planet in question happens to be the Sun, the percon
cmcerned becomessonless owing to injury done to God
Siva and
Garuda,and the consequent curse of the Manes; If the
Moon, it
wiil be due to the displeasure and anger of the mother,
a Sumangeli or other venerable woman or Goddoss Bhagavati
owing to
her feelings iraving been hurt; In the case of Mais, it
wilr be due
to some fault done to tbo village deity, to God
Kartikeya, to an
s.t!m:r,or one"s dayadins : if the pianet be Mercury,
the sonlessness will be due to curses made try youngsters
or to the kiling of
tbe spewns (oSgsof fishes end similar creatures)
or to ths wrath
f Gsd Vishou ; I,f Jupiter be such planero it
will bo dus to sonc
8r8
qfr$ilsqrqr
st {9
@q{TFilftr
ftE gtfrEtu
frEF{ri+tfii nrq,ryrqr:
Wr{t: frqt: qil{fr |
qrqaTraqqqrq$Rsigdqt, $gqlFH;ilffrtr n
A boly bath in Rameswaram' eng"agingoneself in rcciting
the rccounts of a venet'able aud a revered pGrsonzger worsbip of
Gsd Sive, observance of vows with reference to (propitirtq) God
Vishnu, gifts, ceremonios in honor of depertod spirits, ilstrllatioq
of tbs serpent deity, these are the various modcs recoromendcd bt
wbich o[e can attain ProgenY.
828
qRnrqrRlilft
Adh. XIII.
t.*!.ffifu
grqrilmn+q{gil glqrrqrg{ur
glwrawRqffiuft'rqtg*nrnni qin I
Norrs.
gt 60
erT'lqrts.lmqr
829
gaqtdgil{rrlr dq${r{qttdrtgqrqrel I
q4qGdq q{rqrqqq at rqrfq; ll
F i n d w h i r : ho f t h e f o l l o w i r : gi s s t r o n g: ( t ) ' l t r e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h
h o u s e( 2 ) , J u p i t e r ,( 3 ) ( 4 ) ( 5 ) & l 6 ) I h c l o r d s r e s p e c t i v e l yo f t h e
R a s i sa n d N a v a n r s a so c c u p f e d b y ( l ) & ( 2 ) . l ) u r i n g t h e D a s a o r
of a son is possible.
Apahara of this strong planet, ;rr:qr-risition
I
fi g ilqr.qqarutit'nflttqitgeqfi,i{?om.
q ffqfli) fqaq*.soaftrotr
3T'tT.qrra4
gx' tt
M e n w i l l g e n e r a l l yh a v e t l r e b i r t h o f a s o n w h e n J u p i t e r i n
the course of his orbit passesthrough a Rasi trine to the sign re'
presenting the Itasi or Antsa occupied by the planet owning the
5th housereckoned frorn Jupiter. According to other treatiseson
t h e s u b j e c t , o n e o u g h t t o i n v e s l i g a t e i n c l i c a t i o n so f p r o g e n y f r o m
t h e p o s i t i o n sc f p l a n e t sa t ' b i r t h t i m c o f t h e n a t i v e .
q-r{;rE{f4rqg q.gtqr|fqqq q I
^ \\
\
\.
Tqf,M qI gdlq{: ll
Fgizqu rd 5i1?T
Note the ruler of the asterism occupied by the Moon as also
that of the 5th from it. Add the figures of these two planets.
When Jupiter in his orbit passes through the sign representedby
this result or through one of its triangular ohes,the acquisition
of a son is possible.
830
qrf,Tcrfurt
. Adh.xlu.
ircrrusft$efci'ufi
rftqre?t
rrftqrng.fifrqR.riqtr
siletrs{qfrTqwl u*mqu \l tl
t
Mdt ft.t sR*sq.1=tr
uri il swgt frsftt fritfrtq u\r tl
Sloha 52. When the lord of the Sth bharn ie
benefic and its Karaka or the bhava irself is associated
with an auspiciouoplanet,the aatrologer may announce
the happinessof the father.
Nores.
It is not clear whether by the word kZtrna, the 5th or the 9th
bhava is meant. 'Parasara says " fucrfi itrr ac,i efdit " The openiug sloka of the present Adhyaya gives fi{ as ft;g or ascertainable
from the 5th bhava, I accordingly interpret ft-Zerm as the 5th
bhava here being germane to the Adh5'aya bearing on the 5th
bhava. The slokas 52'57 occur in qEf{fs-drq&r under the 9rh
bhava. So ittrtqra must mean the 5th as well as the 9th bhava.
sL 46-5?
tqiqslsrqrcl
q;qqFqgw+it{gsd frtdf*tE u \B tl
Sloka 54. When the lord of the 5th bhava and
its Karaka is in a maleficor depression amsaand ic in
conjunction with Saturn, Maridi or Rahu, the aetrologer
may announcethe father'sunhappiness.
fi.t dqlE\Ersitftq5tRnitt r
T{qsq{*Ersfrfrilg:d'ftfrRt( u \\ tl
Sloha 55. If the lord of 5th bhava, even when
benefic, be in depression,eclipsedor in an inimical oign,
or in a malefic Shashtyamsa,the astrologer may pro,
nouncethe father'sunhappiness.
ftf6*.1l snnrfrqgqgqftqert
fr{wqrfrqderdrfteEurlrqs
n \E rl
S/ota 56. A person will have the characterirtics
of the father when born in a Lagna corresponding to
thc l0th bhava of his fathcr. He will be dutiful to his
father when his rising sign correspondsto the 3rd bhava
in the father's horoscope.
itqrrrst qrdrftu{eqhc{Rt
.o\
a.
\--
89s
rnwTM
Adh.xln.
Rrilqdwggfffunf, {Toarcqrwil |
Notes.
orrr gt 4r qG {;qrttri}qoit-qgfr}fQe6sqru:I
offr;gq milq Xftgi qrqfht qTqoFgrilg:
rl
I\,Iars and
bhavasor
be able to
the yoga
sr._60
888
lqiqfrst{tTr
A\C\
of transits) is
to be predicted.
nectron.
this con-
lt
t-t T
$t0lult
105
lr
r,t9.27
t0
lSll
-.
nHtqlRcrt
884
Adh.xllt.
iuq:
gs:;
tl
# d.fr's"id;i&t'fi,
tn-r$ffi,q},
*u'+-ii,it{.\
1
rr",,t.r i t'
i
suull
.u,'!'lr
i
ilarc
llercury
'*1* 1*,
i','j'uj " i"'i,,,,iu,,,1
1",,
I
|
I
Juniter
Vetruo I
!
I
'l'i'l'l"l'i'l''l
-l slrr
,i *i,i,l n!,1,1oi,ul,,l,,
sl. 61-89
.
v v v
v u v v !
835
lq?qdrs"qtq!
r
v v e v v v
r v v v v r ! v ! ! v v Y v v v ! v v v v v v v v i -
r ! ' w r
the llth housefrom the Moon will happenin their entirety. Simi'
lar is the case with the other planets.
u}urttfr t
RtuRryeilrri{rrfu(r
ll qt ll
ftTtltgqtf,qrgR'3tqtqrdqHord
{alcduuqt
{rgfumi{qrcnEt
.ft qa q+Fgqhrtt*{qrnq{ lt ql ll
t{faFRIitE{II{{ |t
nfr {tarrsnq{tuh
(gtqldmr lltil
qrdhqffiriq{ lq-{i$rwort ll ql ll
886
rrilwrRwrt
Adh.)flrr.
qTnl
gfus$erErd
nfuFrmar
{r+r
qrTfiuzftF5zei
aTTGA
rrftfafiq ilii rr
*d*s*q;iErffi{Ei($drl
*t ftrtd fi +( igndfhdrorrl
tt E\ tl
Slohu, 65. When thc Sun or the \4oon occupies
a Kendrain a moveablesign, [he son will not burn thc
father'sor mother's corpsehimseif. lf cheSLrnor the
Moon occupyinga Kendra b: in a dual sign, th: death
and burning will not be in the uameperiod of time.
cf . qqlq't-r.TrqFr
sl. 66-68
ritqalso=rrqt
8i|?
qgtTqldJ
ftEqrfirlft ftrlCI({r(lt{* q+n{ I
grrfqqisq$rfrrrr*qgrrr{rnfqq}$sureu Eqtl
.Sio/ra. 6ti. If the lords of the 9ch and the 4th
bhavasbe irr the invisible prrc of the zodiac, it will not
be the good fortune of the persor)concernedto see the
faceof l'risparentsin their last movements.- If the lord
oi the 5ch bhava be 'in the invisible porcion of the
hemisphere,
the personconcernedwill not see his son's
face at the moment of his death.
.\
-_
-\
\A
u qs tl
S l o k o . 6 7 . I f t h e l o r d o f r h e 5 t h b h a v ao c c u p y a
g!(crrdor be in the invisible portion of the hemisphere,
the personborn will have a rather dull understanding.
But if the planet in question be associatedwith Mercury
or Iupiter in a Kendra or Kona oosition and have
strength,the person born will be-incc,rigentandfcapable
rtf shrewdly guessing the thoughtsof others (bv their
geoturesartd other expressivcsigns)
838
qrtrcqrKili
Adh. XIII.
qqEr{qtfrei qs}t'g{ttr* t
Urr*wt{gh qft} tq$itrf
ll uo 11
il qq q$il{s'oq ll
gt trrtt drqftst dit tililrfiriqqt
qdr;firrgdRg.gEsdt
olrrwqflqfr
r u g h tt o d i v i n e d i s e a s e e '
S l o k a 7 1 . A n a s t r o l o g eo
enemies,bad habits and hurts that a p.rsorr may have,
from the 6th bhava and Mars' What relrtes to
has beentreatedalready (Vtde Adhyayas V' &
diseases
VI). When Jupiter is in the 6th bhava, the person
concernedwill overcomehis enemies. lf che lord of
the 6th bhava and Mercury be in conjunction with
Rahu and connectedin someway with the lord of the
Iagna, the personconcerned will be impotent' Mars
occupving the 6th bhava together with lord of the
Lagna will produce damageto the organ of generation
by an ulcer.
sl, 7s-?3
,t.
nrdifr'(a
lqkdsrqrq:
839
Norrs.
eTR.rqqrqft*rq{nG"qtfl
irr gE{tlffi. I
qgilGqgqqrtTt
qilI{gf4ar-qtrqlfl
: rr
For the Znd ,nt, cf, ,Trtquoted by <oU4 in his fprcq.
&10
nRi5clftile
Adh.xlrt.
q* qfr Ersrfr{rar:iliilsRatqrIarii
'+nw,ft*it
:rir<Ssff{t
Sl. ?6-77
.";;; ;'.
841
, tr;;,; ;;";";";;;".*t
geQitqgefrrguqi qrcsiro+Rqr t
q+& sit qrgoqqafreerg,qqqui
urrrt e ffilrqq fttri qrfr gEtii q+{ tt \e\ell
a2
$ttfrTcrfuil
Adh. XIII.
olur dtlr
qsrft,irsfE
qnAet qTscqsh
fF,lf,,I
qoii
,ref{
f,qT
#rurqscq{fqfu:tl
qd fQqrfaqrqwEa<i*rr,+rigm:
1
qqlftqgdTqrfr
wergdT qfa u
iqrqfr asiil"qq'fqrqqftqjqqqr
Fgil q gQ *,oi *qq iq ifqg n
g}nikenqgfua\itt
oqf{qzufitTrcr'ficft{tr
qd}ett s\ ll
qrErfltg*
ftgttittrt qtnq'{rR{4
79. A p:rson hls a mark or mole in that
.S/r.r[rl
from
part of the bcdy which correspondsto the ordet
being
,b. L.gn, of che R'rsi which Rahu occupies
?6--78)'
rspectei bv Venus' (ridt Adhyaya 3' slokas
with
conjunction
If the lord of thc 6th bha'r; b: in
dread'
Saturn and Rahu, astrologerssay, dangeris to be
ed from horses,cows, ?tc'
qrqtrtrqEt qoilisRqrqt t
'Irqtalui qrsftr*{rer rrRsqidll co ll
Slofro 80. When the lord of the 6th bhava is
without strengrb and aspectedby a mrlefic planet or is
betweentwo maleficplanets,there will b: trouble from
enemies.
{renqTiirigr0 fiqqgrfttrffi t
oii' qo*gfrqnardqiaq; ll cq ll
9\9
844
qNr|ICIfuft
Adh. )ilrl.
qimTilE g:Fqngrrdtg*qif*ii}
il {trAa$qTe Ed qGg,rflflai 1l3T6d-{i
|
qq+qgt{il ? qqfrR rqr ft'rgm,g}Aa
Ed'{Bre}{rqgrag'iio-oe;,Rirdqrl
vuEiafigf{nqf{qr:qhmeerfq,ir ?rqqJF,mrqmi
r
efsgfug qqFnR qeU"aglqol;qlqfirqgeqil-n,
rr
qq ftqt Gqrisfi str agmrAcqrFa flqfiqrqpqilqr,
R
I
agrail R gtqr rzgw gai*)a.
qrf-l
qq<ilfi,
rtr;ar
rF}r
il
Su ntgol.ndREmiatft.ar
ar,&tqortt ilotngqmR5il il cR tl
\\
\r
qrfrwriqgETirsqrq
ErTilfi
:
-*
ll Hrgr[eT{TTiiltttb"{FT:
tf
Adhyaya
XtrV.
1 . g r , -g L r l I ] I I A V A S ,
l l q q { T f r qf l i { s o q f l
*
cn?Tglirwrrntq
qfbsidf+r;qlqttffrr(
v* gegr*rg{arrrqqd
tf q qqai( t
cttt:inlqqf ft{i qqq.tilR'..Tiqr (en
qirqffiiki
Trqsfrilfftqrptqfr{fi+ f+os{}cn rr
846
qrmrcrailt
Also
Adh.xlv.
sfliFfitq
gqfrqErgqrt
walffigwftueeftr{
r
ory1q{nfkft g*rar q rusr{ rl
gr0wwfl g qrqg{tqrifkteeil
qq{Trr$tu{ giqr.qqr t
ilcqrqTrTfiIat
-d1,1;n{d.
al.nira
q*
fqaefq
rtq{rcrq{d}
ed qrflfAnigta grfri':q q,.+qq q I
q* ds fra1gf,cgq itltq'iq=qrn
.rrr gm1ffi,ltn
rr
ftcd qrfq*.iirrqradtt
q il iqgqqfi{* ql'{dd {adg:F-qlqF'+
sl. g
lgtqistqtqr
84?
qg: firrTqrTritrftgfiqFnrFqilq
iFfti-q'ioqs lGzrdi) {diqdisfq qG qr s*afka'ti\: r
qlqR: Rqgrfqar fbrgnoit*i flqq*eiltdtrtilri]{aagilirs rqz: feu: 11
iqilnrRqurtrngnilr
qtqdlqilsq1gq3
q1qqiqqilFqfr
agRguFTriqfr
iwr t
qri qr*rar
srqQRgi+vorqgt
rTrrrKrit$@rqr
?Eqrrrs
sTqrgtqHt il I ll
Sloka 3. When the lords of the 2nd, the 6th
and the ?th bhavas and Venus occupythe Lagnaand
are associatedwith malefic planets, the person born
will be libidinous. The same will be the effectif the
lords of the lst and che Cth bhavasbe in conjunction
with malefic planets. If a malc-ficplanetoccupyingthe
7th bhavabe associatedwith the lords of the 6th, the
Znd and the lst, the person concernedwill be addicted
to women not his owit. lf the 9rh bhavabe occupied
by a maleficplanerand the lords of the 6th and the ?th
bhavas,the personborn will be afflictedwith excessive
gexualcraving.
cf. eadi-r.mqftr
flt?ttFlttr{flrt
Adh.xlv.
.l4t'{[q-Jrqli,l
qltfi,tfrt qrg(r{iFd tl
+dnfi.irlq;,zqruq
titq&rr,iiq+us'rr.i E:Frrrrirt
tr<u.i Ulr{ I
et ga Eriq.q.itil-.rqf,iil{ giqi .Tqfh n
{Terrmfrrhrqqf'liil.l}rur} rriq t
oqrn'"q'rigqqq{rtqtfi gt gda
r'qrdqitiE
qnqgqi qlqtifiqisqiiln \ tl
sl. 6
tutrits.qtqt
8t9
NorEs,
cf ' ftrrc
rrruqqi:qr\:qftil{trt fru+t r
stri
snfti Seqil{gd
qi${Ei\agidi frrconu E tl
Sloku 6, tf Venue and the Sun be in the ?th or
tbe lgt bhava,rhe person born will have a barren wife
lf tbe house r:ccupiedby the Moon be an even sign, hi*
wife will havc the proper femaleform; if it be a male
Rasi,the wife will have a masctrlineforna ; if the houee
i07
fiRrsqrftsrrn
Adh.xlv.
s{id g6drftq}q.Jat{rqirtg{r&fdi
oi alaxsqfl rr(d* dhrRqgF**t
qnarlroiifsa{ft rr-di6rur{rrnm
q;will i{qarer q Rqql il?Rr Gilqrqt( il -q.tl
SloArr 9. If thc Moon occupying the lst or the
?th bhavabe (l) in a Navamsa belonging co the $un,
sr 10-11
qgicfrsnrrc:
86I
qqi Ru'{tqurg{wrmraq t
ilS
'sqgumsii
q $rd qd$Id-mEtt
ll
$qiqnuqarsRrt{ift {qrersdlll t "
qrqrqsTrRish
uo* $.qrfufr|
d qrrqrg {ffifr ,frorS aqftqrftsiill qt lf
Slofta Il. When the 7th bhavais occupied by a
(ewa-Upa'
malefic or an invisible subsidiary planet
gralraaide Adhyaya'2 sloka6), the wile will be wicked'
be tha
it ,U" S,unoccupv it, she will prove barren ; if it
waning Moon, she will be unfaithful'
qtf,w|frrtt
Adh.xlv.
wqrtstfraTqt
ftturrn**tsger
n lr rr
Sloka LZ. If the Tth bhava be occupied by lvlars,
tbe wife will die ; if by Sarr:rn,she will be ,Jisliked by
her husband; if by Raliu, rhe husband ,vill take ro
sromennot hie owr, a'd wiil fi.d no delight in
bis
wife and will have ro chird bv her becauseof
the
ahsenceof cohabitationwith her.
tltrilsqcr
sL 18-17
818
(qr ql qgrerggi$qgr:ll tq lt
SloAs 16. If the lord of the ?th or 5th bbava
poasessingstrength and aspectedby a benefic planet be
in conjunction wirh or aspectedby the lord of 6t[.
the wife will acquire a son by
Paramour. Her hus
" of many wives, will
possessed
baod, though he rnaylbe
be childless.
Norns.
Seo Xlll-15
tqna.
&54
|rurtarrt
Adh,xlv.
eGt qrnqatqfrfiQgd
6!5cqgaquqft
fiqnrmsttl-sflqt rqrffiorqfr{ |
nt il gdqTrqqlF4fioErfrsn]
wrt lil rr
lf tbe 7th house or its lord be associatedwitb, aspected by, or
gosited betwixt malefics, or be in depression or inimical sign or
bc eclipsed'by the Sun's rays, one ought to predict loss of wife.
Venus in conjunction with a malefic occupying the 7th, 5th or 9th
bo0sewill make the native bereft of a wife.
^\
sL t8-r0
1t{alfsqqr
855
|
wl nS qfr qqe Etr,ftgil
.r}gr+drt$qnftitqtcsisgfr <r
raqlti qqqfrfta\iTrqTrrEqqR
.
\c
0.
nIErlI gs{qiriaulfllqrFqr
qE;t[ ll
866
Adt XrV.
ilurqrftlrl
F{fifRFar{fi
ll
*-ffi*fr Efttdqitee{,ft t
sqlftta qrEtrqgdisfrF]qlE tt lt ll
Sloka 7I. Wben the lord of the 7th bbavaoccupyrnga Kendra or Kona is in its own, eraltation, oi
by the lord of the l0th
friendly sign or is aspected
perron
will
be
born
associatedwith many
bbawa,
the
wiver.
sa;n{trdl*d sqftikfrlqt t
fiiftt N
wft frqTRqd
ftgaruurit
85?
st. 24-26
ftg"qqfrsqql
t
nfioql qq.iti{qarft'ilfaqq,irsft
q{urtfd dil q{offirrqq rRfiqqTqfidTqi( ll
ll 18 ll
{EF(
srqqTtqti fragnr*qtdkdrcqt
dtqepfrqilqJa qEti qG gtgtfrqi t
qrqrdii fked qfr qaqqi gtigufiqqt
qrqt
TarakugtrElindEE{qerft il ll R\ ll
858
rrcucrQile
Adb.xrv.
s{ffi
{osfrqtrqrir$q.rrrq tl
ft+r nguq{FqqFqqilfi'n]-qrpqSr<nq' tl
It is through the (number of) planets in the 7th housethat
one ought to divine the number of women that a person may
associatewith. oF these, the number that will die (at an early
ase) will corresoond to the nurnber (of pranets in the 7th housey
that are malefic, w-hile the number of benericswill denote the
numbef that will survive. If the lord of the 7th be benefic and
possessed
of strength, the native will have a good-natured woman
as his partuer and be endqwedwith gooc children. Even a malefic
will do good to the wife if he shali be in the 7th owning that
house. Benefics in the Tth.will be productive of good unless they
happento be the lords of the 6th,8th and lZth houses.
rg{dswr<r
sl. 27
859
qil rl,nru*rrq<tr( |
efr *errfqq* OgrEqrt
o{rasqfttshqu{i*t fr'{ri{t(
q;nrftFcenwqqq,frt{qi{*{r ilI I
dl+ ftrnqttrt *d qlqEldlE(r
stt ffif,t.CIr{tqq${q{rqsqcsidr* ll qe ll
gxlscit ErdgnTqqiatFfrqqrqlfA
dqrfirrq' 11
The marriage may be expectedto come ofl when Venus or the
lord of the 7th house in its orbit transits through a sign which is
triangular to the Rasi or Navamsaowned by the lord of the Lagna
fio{{iFqrqwae}tuqt qlsq.soTrs r
qql fiefrrfEqfirsrqrfifirii dx .foron: tl
860
ffi
Adh.xlv.
of the planet (l) posited in the 7th house, or (2) aspectingthe 7th
house. The same may also happen when the lord of the Lagna in
his orbit cornesto the Rasi signifying the 7th house.
rs@mnrftrduifl+{rq,
flwqqmrqu.ii
iotqw t
EtrrrrirEFlqgil'qi{rfii}drort
iqgt ${,Er il Rz tl
Sloka 28. Of the two planets that are the lords
respectivelyof the Rasi and Navamsa occupiedby the
lord of the 7th bhava,f ind whictr is stronger. During
the dasaperiod of thac planet,the marriageof the person
may take place, when Jupiter traverse$the Trikona of
the Rasi and amsaoccupiedby the lord of the 7th bhrva.
Again, find the stronger of the two planets Venus and
the Moon. During the dasa period of the stronger
planet,the period favourableto marriage m1y be folrnd
in the samemanneras in the abovecase.
g nltilfi-drrltt qqnruihfifqr{rT(r
u.rrktqittrtriqrqmlUdi q ffi56: I
sI.30-31
rg{tfrswm:
86t
Notr,si.
It is, perhaps, implied here that each succeeding alternative
is to be resorted to when the preceding one is found to be not pro'
m i s i n g b e c r u s e o f t h e w e a k n e s s ,e t c . , o F t h e p l a n e t c o n c e r n e d '
glT'Jtql* qqritp$i
fi-q"frqqr!ftq.dr
qrqdg{frqft qR Euqtt iimrqq t
qii qei qffitqqfi qqt
T(! qlqqirTni1
oqE{iqaaqiqlrfrqftii
aq gt;qtw q i[-sToIrT{|
qrrrrrgfi'wrr5qffidbqi
8os
lrcwrM
Adb.xlv.
,n
is whenthe Moon and Jupiteroccupya Kendra.
urqrffiqqftqql{rftq1q1
qqr(ff{ $rrrr q qftfqqrqT( |
dqrd* q qf6ffi Eqii
iE Etrqluggfffiorfrqar lt 11 u
Slofra 33. Note the planetsoccupyingor aspecting
the ?th bhava from the Moon. A girl born in a sign
belongingto any one of these planets vrill be higlrly
fortunate as a wife and enjoy her husband'sfavor. A
husband determined similarly in the case of a female
hororcope will prove acceptable. The direction of thc
st.34
qgtdsqtq:
863
ifirrrFq{rqTfqqqlfieriru4i
fst {infa ds q-.ql: ll
q*fqfrd{Fqrrft.qir EI a.l{tlq{:I
g.Fclfi{di qrfqqitaq firilsqqt tt
;na1Fqqndin+s affra2;t{q 1;zit EI I
f<qarawaqsEffi,oa
tqtsatqt*l qfi d'is tt
gileqfi fift"q qitqqm, du g r
nrqffrqlR(rqitqinot;q+,af+qit rt
qilqqfFquittftnwndn'rq
tt
U
ll qCdb{nTildd+rr:
wr{riliwqft qarilGI I
qG eqregfis(! qis ll 18 ll
rh t-.qr-wawqo{fr
Stoka 34, Mars occupyingthe 2nd, the 12th, the
864
\ ilrcccrftrrt
Adh.xlv.
trt*-"
*
tt@
".
person may causethe ",
deathof his
ffi!$grqrf,i
\
R qrfiqnfaqiqqgrt*sft
fi |
ilretrfrqqnrga{efrtft
gfq{Gsil{ n tQ rr
Slota 36. If there be maleficplane1sin the 2nJ as
well as in the ?th bhava,thcy causedistressby bringing
about a bereavement of the wife. If tfe pers(\)nconcernedbe joined in wedlockro a woman born in a yoga
such as has been describedabove,he lives possessed
oi
children,wealth and other blessings.
qo*rrilriirisqEtRrr(ir{idrtgsrilfirsit r
ssftrfu{R gfirroteqF{tftdq Uratq:u ie tl
Sloha 3T. lf the srosrrftr
(Janmarasi)
of the wife bc
included in the triad designated*oarrih lKalatrarasi)
or in the triar:gularsigns of the Rasi occupied by the
lord of the 7th bhava in the horoscope of the hu:band,
the latter will have sons. If the q.cofu (Janmarasi)of
the wife be other than those that have beenenumerated.
he will have no isaueby her.
rgtdt qrrt
Sl. g8-39
t
vvvvvvvv
866
g
vv-vvvvvvvvvv!vv
vvv
!!1.'/.#
NorBs.
For qr-oecfithe,c, Cf. eElfi?il{Fr
.A-1
diiFg{fudrF+igas{I {!r65q1qR I
wflflraqfrqrr Wfr{gtqKilRtqi
fiEqt{iqiqismirffi{{hft
itqrqrqh
qg+ g {qtrQrcr;fifiq-tqn'{tit lr t
hqrft;gg}r g Rxrftnj dit itt qitdi
diqd.iiiqiirtq{'dRq{tii;q41gftdq iI +"' ii
Stoka 39. lf the $un be in the ?th bhava at a
109
866
fiilTqrftqa
Adb.xlv.
perEon'E
birth, the object of hie love and dalliancewill
be r barrenwoman; if the Moon, a womanof the same
claosas himself; if Mars, it will be a woman in mens,
truation or a barren wedded wife ; if Mercury, a
courtezan; if Jupiter,a womanof Brahmanicextraction;
if Venus,he will havea liaison with a womanalready
enceinte. If the planet occupying the ?th bhava be
Saturn,Rahuor Ketu, the objectof his affectionowill be
a low,bornfemaleor one in her periode.
ffii
*i St+{riqrcqit Rql
ffidqqnisu{Elqogfriiqrnfr ilR tt Bl tl
sL 42-44
tg{risr<rrr
d{q ffftnwtugqFEtETI
rtefitftili
Adh.nv.
,
It will be moist i[ the Moon occupying the ?th bhava
be aspectedby Venus; but if the Moon in the position
describedbe associatedvrith a malefic planet, it will be
void of moisture.
fii ff frftc: ll 8\ ll
oI qflqflRrqtseQt
Sloka 45, A man is joined to a woman when
planetowning the
Jupitcr is in a Rasi b,:longingto the
Navameaoccupiedby the lord of the Lagnaat his birth :
but if the Navamsain questionbelongto the depresrion
sign of the lord of the Lagnaor to its enemy' the person
concernedwill lose the wife that he marriee or ltave nct
wife at all. subtract the figures for the Lagna from
rhosefor the lord of the ?th bhava. The difference
indicatesa cerrail Rasi. When Jrrpiteroccupieathis
Rasi or its Trikona, astrologers say that the death of
the pcrson'swife will take place' The sameevent may
happeu when Jrrprrgris in a Rasi indicated by the
.*i.*. of the {igures for the Lagna over thoseior the
lord of the 7th bhava
g{stt qtqiiq* wt
o{lrinrqqisrrSi
qm q1s'giiaqigq{urqiq{sknqtt
nlqrfunq{rrq{ittrIIt gfirsqdii{t
{rdt ril{gil silrq{oi fr} mtqntqi tt 8q lf
(loArr 46
qgfdsqrq:
sr 4?-48
th place be prede
t
minant in strength and unaspected by or unassociated
with malefic planets,the wife dies simultaneouslywith
the husband. Her death will occur during the period
of the dasa or qcEK (Apahara) of a fte (Ch.idra) planet
@ide Adhyaya 5, slokas 52-53) with referenceto the
?th bhava,when Saturn occupiesthe Rasi ascertained
to be fatal to the wife through the Ashtakavarga of
Venus (vide Adhyaya 10) an.J when Jupiter ig in a
Navarnsaowned bY this fatal Rasi.
q(tqirililt
qtftqrdrRqd
$gegilt qrtrdqr|qti t
qf\qggffiqq"iffifilq(t:
{E gfuf\ilq qrcfir.Trgtftu Be tl
Sloka 47. If the lord of the 7th bhava attaining a
crRqra (Parijatha) or a higher varga occupy a benefic
with Jupiter, the
placeand be aspectedby or associated
his
at
meals
food
will
have
personborn
of a refined and
excellentsort accompaniedby such appetiaingeubstances
as curd, honey,clarified butter, sauce,milk and seasoned
r : o n d i m e n t s ;i n d h e u ' i i l i n , r c i d i r i o nb e b l e s s e dw i t h a
r:harmingirelpmate.
11
ll sTeTlwrileffircq
qrgturiSqrgilqqFrsiggcqafr
8?0
|t(rrcrfuri
Adh"nv.
t"*rl;
life as affected by the untoward .rr"rt, due to ihe positions of the lords of the l st, the 10th arrd the gth
bhavasand of the planet Saturn; but as it crops up
again in connection with fka (Nidhana) or the gth
bhava now under treatment, it is to ba dealt with once
more If the lord of the 8th bhava being associated
with a maleficplanet occupy the l2th or the 6th bhava,
the person concerned will be short-lived. The same
effect is produced when the lord of the gth bhava being
weak happensto be 4ssociatedwith the lord of chl
Lagna in one of the two bhavasabove-named(zie. the
6th or the l2th).
NolBs.
For things to be deducedfrom the gth bhava, aide the following from (t) qraa,cd.
1;q6s141;f,fEi
gaiil dlr-q+ar{ea;arRfrq{r
E qo-erTRqds fq: fiar rTrqrqt iqqx tt
Q)
qki+rrrror
aqnrtrfir;qtrRnin ! ffirunqqr
dqbtqoTs(tmgfiIrilqrw,Sfrqn Bq tl
Sloka 49. When the lord of the 8th bhava occupier its own house, the personborn will be long,lived.
If the lords of the lst and the 8th bhavas occupy the
6th or the l2th bhava, then too will tbe perlon born
enjoy prolonged vital energy. The lorde of tbe l0th.
sI.50-61
r|gtqlstrrrqs
871
qiIaFfi'(Qt,
uilurqilgqr{u{nfta}Eqrilitilgitrr;Eaqffiar : t
Erq'qifiEqfufr qfr q6Tqrgtsl {d egn{rgrilu{arr
n \o tl
S/ofrir50. If the lords of the lOth, thc Bth and
the
1st bhavasbe all of them strong and unassociated
with
Saturr, the person born will be long-lived. If even
two of them be strong,the person conccrnedwill have
rnediumlife. If only one of them be strong, his
rife
be shorter than in the precedingcase. If none of
"viil
thern be srrong' he will have no pcriod of life worth,
mentionilg.
S / o A r r5 1 . I f t h e l o r d o f t h e , g t h b h a v a b e i n g
in conjunction with a maleficplaner occupya malefic
sign or Grrqrc(Dustthana--6th,gth or tzth), the life
of
the person concerned will b: short But if the planet
owning the 8th bhavabe associotedwith o,
by a benefic one or occupya beneficsign or".p.cted
t^hegth
bhava rtself, the life of the person born will be long.
8rt
ilfiqrfrilrt
Adh.xlv.
ll 'tl ll
$fi{m{qFctftegd qqtg{R]rrT{Iat
iliqmgd fi
Rgq;rrfrrsToi,
u;qrrr;qi{qffiQqi riuu*t illn I
n* argarRrq a<gfiFileud c qr
rit
ffi
tt \ti ll
q{dtsrvrrr
Sl. d4-66
8?rt
uffi,Arnnn!q,g{tsrdq+frg n
iiitrcrrqrt5{ftE{r ildq rligrfl |
ffirtwr(rilAnt
M
{wrrlrrcrqf}rarqrfirqqtTqr( n \\ tl
rQ iig;gqfe nqsqd ur I
r10
811
wrqFqftqa
Adh.xrv.
trtd TrMi
iraTrfuRFqn
aquft{sntTi{rE{rFqi
il ll \E ll
Sloka sO.= ff out of the lords of the 10th, 8th and
the lgt bhavas and Saturn the weak one be asaociated
with Rahu, death will usually take place during the
dasaarid bhukti of this weak planet; or during the dasa
and antaraof the planet. aspectingit or associatedwith
it.
q{KdiEgtft iioqnrt
qiqiflqi iiwrqq ufk{urqrqn \d fl
Slofra 58. If, at the birth of a person,the lst bha,
va be void of strength, he will have much difficulty in
,tiding over the dasa periods of the lords of the Lagna
sI.69-60
8?&
qltdtsqrqr
ilr6q${gfuIr|It q}qqq1q:ssq I
cnfrsqq*qtgftbffiffi
rqffi(q} ud q FE qiq il Qo tl
8t6
qnrrf,rft{re
Adh. )(V.
,
with other planets,then find out which of the agaociated
planeto is weak ; and it is during the dasaand bhukti of
this weak planet that the aetrologer should declareas
probable the death of the person concerned.
amrflr!fficfrt{sRaafrqrfirqfqrn
{qmt-dfdnM FE fA"A,ufrr
St 6g-6t!
lgffisqm:
8??
gtvwrlufloaamrf*)am,q-qrrirra{fi |
qoqrq {tsr rr
a* fFqtEFqerrflrhfQnrq{ter
,ilqrRq-Er;qdin
g+ e{tiltrnT*fiqqftqtsfE
r
g:Ft iqrgt{qqrfi:
ftrq'ilq.Iisfilduagt qnrsfrEsgrqt il ql tl
878
crilTcrfrwi
Adh. xIV.
qtnRsRwe
{ftmEts
rrxritqq Usrrerqrnq{Rf
ll eTEWtl
qprrxfiEgwfrqfgrrfr df\<tqrqt*.rtRapqrs I
qgtrilsqrqr
sl. 66-67
8?e
;tRFfitrrwl
qrfl: qTfdqhirqqfrffiqo
qdf=xqTqi
q {froqr
frtqqroiqurq:gilil: goqro+
ff+ftqqfee{rt
vkt4rc{.
qmFalqtifgnuua*qr
rrrr{fuerqft qrrlqaq{atnrr
qrqlsitgffiq{rit
qii ilrqr{ il EE tf
urQ g rrrf{rq-E!
Sloku 66. If the planets occupying che 9rh bhava
be malefic, hostile, depressed
or eclipsed,the persons
born in the yoga will be void of good name, wealth or
moral worth. Even a malefic planet in rhe 9th bhava.
if in exaltation,in swakshetraor in a friendly house,
invariably doesgood to the men concerned.
Adh.xtv.
rffi
880
qrnr0 Esnfilqqffiqffi
qq*
qi{rt {o{rffi
:F{qil qTnf{q6fr il
gl. s-70
qildtsrrrr
8E1
frErtil{rr+$sqd-{rft;rt;g}gfr
ilqwr{a(ffir{r{qt frt oqr*flqtt
i
tii gor qteganirrffi
ftqrEr{F{ilcR
gfrftsfi{iht
882
crrilscrftiTn
Adh.xlv.
sl. 73-?4
tg{tfrsrnrr
888
KffiEfrqqlirTrercrttqqsgr1ffifr I
g:r*lqr{mr$ti Rt rrrfrilrsflqr tf sl tt
qr(TcrRrrt
Adh.xrv.
{nfr frr1g1*t
si gqgttst qfl q&ilr
sl. ??-?8
agiffiswrn:
pounder of law in a foreign land. If the planetcombining with Mars in the 9th bhava be Saturn, the influence
of the yoga on the person born is to makehim wicked
and addictedto women not his own. When Mercury
and Jupiter are found rogerher in the 9th bhava, the
person born will be keen-witted, wise, wealthy and
learned.
Norrs.
Iror the 2nd qK, c/. first quarter of sloka 5, supro,
ffi].iiffifdfrq!
qlqtraqq:fhtslftgt qnogefrufu 1 sn tl
qfaqarrr f\qqtEa'tir
rft-g.r\rrai{qiqqmr
t
frm ftsqi rftq.(drqr dbsqiqr:gnEla;trasnectl
Sloha 18, If the Sun,the Moon and Mare combine
in the 9th bhava, the personborn will become an or-
886
srdrqrftqrt
Adh.xlv.
qnqdrftateqtrffi' utqiftfrqtrn{ |
;r.81-8?
qgtdtst{rcr
S l o f t a8 1 . T h e S u n a n d J u p i t e r c o m b i n i n g w i t h
Venus in the 9rh bhava makethe person born rakish,
wealthy and learned. lf the sametwo planets become
rssociatedwirh Satuqnin the 9th bhava, the person
born will becomea notorio,rslibertine. When the Sun,
Venus and Saturn appeartogether in the 9th bhava, the
perEonborn will becomea vile convict. The Moon,
Mars and Mercury conjoined in the gth bhava give
birrh to one who, thoughatflictedin childhood,will becomehappy in later life.
qdl qs$oTiTr{qrffrgrgh;gqa;qir t
3Trqr{il
wrEr{RUqrwqtirq{aErfttrll cl rr
888
| . @ @
qrlr6crftwil
v v
Adh.lCV.
v
v v v v v r r
v ! v !
l v y
qrqtfr{rqiffigtn} snrds
gqr6qg{r*gr' tf dl tl
SloAa 83. When the Moon, Mercury and Venue
are together in the gth bhava,the effect will be that the
peroonborn will becomesubject to the control of bis
etep-mother'sfather. If the Moon, Mercury and Saturn
be the three planetsin the 9th b\ava, the pereon born
will be wicked and inclined to pick quarrels.
lf cu ll
sr.86-8?
rqilt'fsrrr
889
tl
6nirrilE{rftililffiffirt
*1a6il*fi I
{rr r{gqxqgnft{rgrrut+dtr t
rtqqHqgHmri ilQ u}ft 0T'i
{rsri{{g} f{ftrrgfr cnr(l{kqfqqq ll z\ell
Sloha87. If the Sun,Mars, Jupiterand Saturnbe
togetherin tl're 9th bhava, the person born acquirec
wealth by his daring and prowecl. Venus, Marc,
Jupiterand the Moon in the 9th bhavamakethe perEon
born valiant,endowedwith every virtue and a critical
faculty to appreciateworks of art. When thc combi'
nation in the gth bhava generallyconsist!of 6, 6,4 or
t17
8e0
fiilfirftwre
Adh.xtv.
{Fqrftt fiqrrr0ilwxr*+pq1,
mttirflqurqr* lTFqdfrqtqrr u cq fl
Slota 89. If the lord of the 9th bhavaoccupying
tlre 8th be apectedby a depressedor inimical planct ,i
be itself in depreosionor in a nraleficamsa(ldr,Shaetv,
amsa?),the pernonborn will bc unluckv
{rrqrfqtgrrgilgry{fttlqt r
ilSri gqqr{;} F.stffiqrqrq{r{ ft lo tl
BloAo 90 When thc lord of thc gth bhavars as
sociatedwitir a beneficplanetand ie aspectedbv an,cher
beneficplanet and the gth bhava itserf has a be'efic
planet in it, the person born will enjoy good fame,
wealth and prosperity.
Norr,s.
The additional information in the ncxt pago from
vtrCtRi{K
will bc found usoful I
sl. 90
egffist*rr
8el
I f t h e t w o l u r n i n a r i e s( t h e S u n a n d t h e M o o u ) b e i n t r i n e t o
Saturn and Mars, the child will be abantlonedby both the parents.
I f t h e 9 t h b h a v a b e a s p e c t e db y J u p i t e r , t h e c h i l d w i l l b e l o n g .
lived and happy.
afiqlrqrftq:Fqriqrcd|q g{ftd: r
qqfrqfi tl
S{ g,tqntscq-qFed
8v2
lRrrqrft|rt
Adh.xlv.
qh tt qt fl
sqfRr rfrQTrrffisfr
S/oAc 91. When the lord of the 9th bhavahas
attained a Simhasanamsaand is aspectedby the lord of
the Lagna as well as by the lord of the lOth bhava, the
peroonborn will bestow great gifts,
gft ilmTilug+;HM{rftilril |
sI.94-97
rgirilsqrq:
893
qm Smqilr
gegrgqhrQ
qI qri qrT{rqqmEtirqm{gtI
rg"i{+ {rsfrqd{i* riinr il qq tl
S/r.rftrr96. When thr:re is a malefic planet in the
9th bhava, the person horn will be sinful. When the
lord of the 9th bhavais associatedwith a maleficplanet
or occupiesa maleficti0th porcion of a eign, the person
concernedwill be void of virtue.
gweuqqrftqn$ Rot t
ffiqqq"t il Elafrqnqdiu qe tl
mrscrfrant
*w!
t-
vvt
!vv
Adh. xIV.
t
vv!
vr-@vvvvv
rFrirrs{rqR*uwnr6qF(1
qii gqqb*Rr sr;Tfrrrr
ftfraaRgqqfi
it"trl gdiftlru qc tl
.S/o&a98. Every planetwlren in itg own horrseor
exaltaticlnin tlr.: ath bhirv.r,proJuccs most efficientlyr
superabtrndance
trf wealth and g,:ld to the personconcerned. lf in tlre ath bhav.rtfie plapetsbe aspectedby
treneficoues,the per$or) born rvill overcome all his
opponents,po$sess
a charming constitution and enjoy
good fame'
N011q5.
T h i s s l o l r ai s f r o r r rq t r t q d i .
sl. 101-108
qtlfrsqrqt
896
gtgrgt et qq.qFTwrfuqt1
lt l"l tl
Slohu.101. When tl'rc lord of thc 9rh hhaval>eirrg
bcnefic and in strengtir is aspectcdor associatedwith
Jupiter or Vcnus, the pcrs,'rnborn will engrgc in the
rccitation of praycrs, holy conternplationor abstract
mcditationon the r)?lturcof thc Spirit, accordingaB ttre
portior] occupied l>y tlt,: lord t-rfthc 9th lrhava bclongs
to a moveable,immovcahlcor a dual Rasi.
qt't Wr{gt t
qKF{irfEqrqQ
ilit gqist lr{IElqstrr}q tt t"l ll
S / o A a 1 0 3 . W h e n t l i e l o r d o f t h c g t h b l r a ' r ab e i n g
in conjunction with Jupirer has att,rirrcda Paravatamsa
and the lord of the Lagnais aspectcdby Jupitcr, the
personborn will bestow grcat gifts.
srrrTifinffi qEqq{fr$qFr:
nmCorW:rt
Adhyaya
XV.
llttr
aNo
il 3fE ({rrtrrrE$oqll
Bt1{nprfiWUI|fi i{{Ft6rlt'IRfr
aI6R-
q?rcqnqfidilqqq{il'ftilnftwr
Tr{r( |
t t er{ifq} u{tuagc'otqrge
fu et -
S/otrr 1. Ap,rrt from rvh,tt has bccn etatedprer may asccrtaina pcrsoll'sauthority,
viouely, an astrologe
rank,
ornamcnts,
apparel,activities,slecp,
his honorablc
agriculture,retircmcnt from thc world, beneficentacts
sanctioncd in scriptures, nrear)l;of livelihood, farne,
knowledgeof the specialarts and lcarning gencrally,by
mean$of the lord of thc lOth bhava, thc Sun, Mercury,
Jupiter and Saturn. Whcn thc l0th bhava is inauspicious, the perron born will bc void of honor or prrde.
cf ,
stdiilr{tur
st.2-8
trlnFfrstqrqs
897
firrrrqfiEeil ilftrQzqr{ri:
Adh.xv.
flilcIftiTe
89&
fiqr gffi
filllilr mqdft.,isqr:
s{ltcRRlt
q fii
.nq{l: +,Tr{rl "'{qfigfqql1z.;q6r:{'f
$.\
-\
\
\
ce
r.
{rt;ql;'{FqaEql ryr{gdllld.rl qllrTqlqs ddi I
RafrIIfiqqflqt;z{{I{144!luq?qTI44q.IqI^
rq}..qfqafiq {8l'qr1{{qtq:
(\
l'
$?4 { ict,ll: ll
q{f(drrstqr||r
st. 6-7
8qe
ll q ll
{irfr qtqnqi ETqqrqntfror
qrtfcrfrwe
Adh.xv.
futm
qogdrqf,ftseuqilr
fre,rdrqqtur{liqugnr* ilr}qfqqrq t
lrcq1
sfiqfr gi{ rrirrgturi fiugtrl tt c tr
Sloha 8. The lord of the 10th bhrva, N{.ercury,
and Jupiter when possersed of str,3ngth lead to the
performanceof gocd works such as sacrifices; if those
a beneficone,
planetobe aspectedby or associated.wich
performing
of
the personborn will attain to the merit
Vpjapcya and other sicrifices of mertt. The planets
Eecurein addirion tl'remerit accruing
above,mentioned
from the repaircf old works, erecticnof towers,digging
of regervoirsand laying out of prrks. Wl'ren the lord
of the lOth bhava is beneficand in conjunctionwith
the Moon, but free from the presenceof Rahu or Ketu,
the pereonborn will perform sacrifices.
sqlfrq|eTisieteiigtqr,.iiqqltsqEI
u{erihf} qFqt q qgni rnrrrftsisdqrtt
silir ftqgsi gq3i il{Ki iltsm}t
rfr rymi qrdr{Tirt gqq il q tl
ltttlEi;rrTa
qrqqfrsrqm*
sr s-11
90i
err,{l{a{wt g}TAee*
dqrerqiqilgfl ir$I?A&A t
q|qt{qfigsrqdfaiilqgm-
{a
902
IRrF|ltt|t|tl
Adh. xv.
ffiEerfr g#strrgr-
ili{rTsrry{ffi
qR {T{eH-
frwf*qffis{rregqqft$n tR rt
.S/oArr12. lf the gth, 10rh, 7th,5th and lst bhavas
be occupied or aspected by benefic planets, and the
lords of the five bhavas in guestion possessstrength,
the person born will surpassin iris knowledge of all
truths and be rvidely celebratedfor the complete excell orks.
l e n c eo f h i s s a c r i f i c i a w
! qqilorcn
ena'i'Tqrft;rnrrtrEllQfiFTaffiwr
qkrfsE$rq+qr
iifhofaqqf{EWnctflgtRr
CnAC\
gqeqtqKsqlrqqgq IqgHqlqqFffTalr
ffiirqlqrwircqoidrrrr{rai}rqrfi{r
enq u li tl
Sloha 13. lf the occupantsof the tra (Gnana-5ttr,
+th and the Znd ?) and the 10th bhavasas well as the
Iords of the lst, the 9th and the lOth, be posseseed
of
abundant six,fold strengtb (sgq - Shadbala),the person
born will be conversant with the six gcieucegand know
all the Vedas and will receiveinitiatioo iu sacredknow,
edge lrr th: rtu (Paka) and. crc(R (Apahara) of tbe
lords of the 9th, l0th and lgt bhavas, of Mercury and
s[ 14-16
qrqdlsqrqr
903
ll {E$e|tzffi; fl
cfrilr r{srirgfiq-{,{i: t;qfidluriui-
Htfrfu
q+ilt
lrsrriToiKfraffiq'r
qiaqqfrqrqi\gqtsr:{ITq}ffi+.n: n l\ tl
.SloAai5 If at a birtlr, 4 or 5 plarretspoasessed
of
'T'rikona,
strenqthoccupy togethera Kendra or a
thc
peroorlborn will attain the stageof life indicated by the
strongestof the planets. According aathe Sun, Saturn,
Juprter,Venus, Mars, tlic Moort or Mercury posse$seg
qrcateststrcngth will the person concerned becomea
?tilr(er(Vanaprasttha),a iien{ (Vivasa) a lug (Bhikshu)
;r q{s (Charaka), a lrFrrrlSakva), a gr (Guru) or a *E+
(.leevaka).
Norss.
Iror the erplanatiiur of these ternls, see tne le,rt sloka.
lrcrq{fuft
es*
-
ef.
Adh"xv"
x{6il1s6
qs*a{nRf\{ilSqlm,ss'{t&fr,
ftfi-qr-qt$at,t
rn*qr{ft+ftgTqqt+,T
rrlqgqTqrrrfFaqrqr+,iti: ffi{Iq
qfrf*: H{r: rqpft*csrfhfit:qigfrt: ll
qqFrrT
qrdx$Icqdlq-dflrfr
fddq]ffi {ftfr ftErq$
i\gr eiiuqod trcegqfnq-fi{iig}rr{riw i
rnrkqmrel qr{qfilq13qmr{Irft sdld
w*qtq q{di gqrmdr qaq* dtqE:qm. {l
Stoka 16. A slq*q (Vanaprrsttha) is a religious
in the practice of rigorour and devout
mao gngaged
6 itere (Vivasa) is a naked ascetic dwellirrg
p.oro.J
in hille and forests. A f\g (Bhikrhu) is an illustriou.u
evi:r"
aeceticwith a ringle ctaff for his symbcl engaged
of the
and anon in the ccntemplation of the truths
qr*
mendi
(charaka) ir a religious
eacredscripturee. A
A rml (srkyr)
cant wandering over many countries.
Buddhist class' A g"
is an ill,behaved asceticof the
teacher erdowed witb royal
lGuru) ie a celebrated
and glurto'
,plendo,.rr. fi dtao'(Ieevaka)is a garrutous
nous mendicant.
xti' qaqffrhTaq{qn&gilqnqlq
qrqEill0&te ll
a*trs{qtqrftqaqqwm'IiQ{i}
Sic,tc 1?. If there be three strong planets in the
or other
lttth bhava occupying their own, exaltation
bhava aiso
benefic vargaa and it rhe lord of the l"0th
becom*
preilominant 1$ strengtl:, the pr$on born wiit
sl. 18-tr9
ffisqrt:
906
H?qrd
Wtft fffidaqdd*fr {rr*f I
firqim$rd3ffii
qrqfr t
fugr ur& mqi{rssf,trwrqiil
aqfi not ll qq ll
m*qqEqrqfiRuq{nud
q)6
Adh.xv
ctcwrQw*
MsffEg&gfgq
orTrq{.rid} tqfnftsftfr-f6( ll lq ll
Sloka 2L. Whenever the Lagna is owned by
Jupiter, Mars and Saturn and has on it the aspectof the
last,mentioned planet, and Jupiter is in the 9th bhava
from the Lagna, even a Rajayogathat may poasibly exist
under these conditions will have the effect of making
the personconcerneda ** (Tirthha) or a holy man.
:rqqrqntq-i a*tahdtftt r
{qffisfr ffi
{iqfr Trfrrfrt(ll Rl ll
qd
Wgeqitnilqtfrsrg
st. 23-24
q1qfr$qtcr
Cfr7
ffiqqqadd FEtsftr.t
'When
Sloko 23.
Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna
are aspected by Saturn, and Jupiter occupies the fth
bhava, the person born in the Rajayoga will become a
holy illuctrious founder of a system of philosophy'
Wherr..Saturn occupies the 9th bhava and is not a$pectof Rajayogawill
ed by any planet,the person posoes$ed
betakehimself ro rhe holy order beforebecoming a lord
of men.
Notns.
This slol<ais from Brihat Jatalia. The following two <:harts
illustrate the two yogasgiven in the sloka.
*"*l*'"'
- L--]--l'"*"'l
cf.
lrt(I.I{q(o(
t
{;tfhtg nfiroegeqb} qEgnltofierqR,iiqqm'
1+a: tt
eetlflitsR zqqlqqq]
grlcri aqqts;q)rret
tffifrqr*gilr q{rqorrgtcqqffiIlrgqrgsrl3|
gfr;eflrffi{il {i uq rrflicw{qft ilqtrd{ru
Sloka 74. Each of the following groups of planeta
when powerful and occupyingan even sign may produce
devorrt hermit or an ascetic: (l) Vt
r, Frrt{s(Thapasa)
908
wrtwtRqfr
Adh.xv.
dqgftrffitil(lt*rmffieuil:
urg$fit:
u{qfrr{qsqrqrfrftsrrrs{m Ufdl u q\ u
wil'$i{f,qrdqiqffie:fqr*qqrcqqffEqr{tr r
qftqftqrfudEffiEF{t&F(snfiilr
aild'sil a{i! u Rq tl
s w*;sttcqgqr*i;qtsr
{&6.R.Wkqw$Ernd
ftfugg1rffi{trrg{fr*&qqd fiq$illrqf lt Rrstl
SJsfra8?. A hol',rulan destined to dwell in a
sylvalr or mountain rerreat has his birth when there is
in a bhavaaoy one ${ the followirrg cornbinatiom : ( l)
\tenue, h{ars, Satrlln, Jurpiter and the $un ; (2) h4ars.
tha Mcon, Jupiter, ;Merc.r*ryand $aturn; (l) Venur,
ldercury, Saturn, tlre lr{uor.ranci hdars.
st.28-31
nagrfrsrara:
909
q*eg{Klhqqnstr {trrgq+gqgfr{ftfrs
I
qu*?rti\R't{crkrlqqFiliqqrgaq\sq{sstf
ll 1,4ll
Sioftc 28. Those that have at their birth, the
Moon, Mercury, Mars and the Sun occtrpying one and
the samesign with Jupiter or Venus will becomewise
inspired saints of such sanctity that the use of all
weapon$will be proscribedin their neighbourhood.
rI
rfr;gft;gr$tnwffi! gqrs(RrfrWr{rtui
ll 1qll
wRt{ei;R:
uhwqftBftfunq+{+Eqif\:
Sloha 2-9" A person will becomea devotee if at
his birth there be any one of the following combinations
in any bhava: (l) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter and Venus; (2) The Mooo, Mars, Saturn, Jupiter
lr4ercury and the Sun ; (3)\{ars, the Moon, the Sun, $a,
turn, Venus and Mercury.
| ftilffi*qr*qqrge}q*rr
fsfugmqr*q{rW}Gft
{rfrmfrarrir: ftcrffiqi-{,Tqq;a.Uft
fr: t
$frsqrrfi
qfr qqTa:
qmwqfidqarutdqr
u qqtl
$eqmqfu{rq
.91,r**31. A peroon wiii brecorne
one of the asce
tic ciase,i{, at l'rishirth, ane cf thc following groups of
s i x p l a n e c sc o m b i n ei n s t r e n g t hi n o n e l i h a v a : ( 1 ) M a r : l
jupiter, Venus, $aturnend the Sun ; (?) Venur'
l\,fef,crrry,
$atur$, Jupiter, Mercury, tbe h4oon ancl hdars.
910
qRTFffiN]It
Adh.xv.
tffrgqrrlmi{rg*rr+{i-etftft qrq{r
rft.gf*fkftqrqt"tqffi{osemnrqr n Qr tr
Sloka i)2. Any one of the following combinations
o{ 4 planets in one bhava has th: effect of making the
personsborn under their influence take to a devotee's
life with their susteoancederived from roots and fruits :
(l) fhe Sun,the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn; (2) Saturn,
the Moon. the Sun and Verrus; (3) Thc Sun, Mercury,
Mars and Jupiter.
qilfrqiqrcqqilaisqt
qs&rilsrrrft qq q'frfierdt{anoqitmt u Ql tl
S/ofta 33. A person will becomean ascetic clad
in barks of forest treesand wearing stripes of ashesif
at his birth one of the four-fold groups of planetsmentioned below appcarin one bhava: (1) Mars, the Sun,
Mercury and Venus ; (2) Mars, the Moon, Iupiter anj
Mercury.
q{t.gqgfitw*gergq{qrgrMil ! |
ffff*{rrtE{tdtrggil qRAr
friggrfuil{rcrcF+ilurI
sl. 36-38
qSqqfrsrqlq:
911
ffitilAqtr
gsqta;gvttrt
iqrt-
fqrfttteqftt;gg+r{fratrqrtqqq;n*trt
9rE
flnrTwftila
Adh. XV.
wFeqQ;gcqfrqgtr@r
q{-g.TiqsgtRi{rgirr
\
\A
flsrctErqg6 ilqa$Fltrt
n li tt
tqft.lqaqfrr?rrqerq!
SdoAa39. Wlren the Sun,thc Moon Mars, Jupiter
and Venus conrhitrc ln onc and thc same bhava with
either Mercury or Saturn, the perron born necessarily
thc habit of a devotee and bccomesgifted wrth
assunoes
long sight.
qiqft {Tgsrt I
"Eiiketfrilqe-A*"rftqr
il{rrQdEI qIEi{Eg{f wq1qffi R qfu alaqtl
ffqirs;q,iardts'fig{qeqstffii;q'iel er$irqr
*qr+{"rsirzt q q;a tl
{tq{icr}irstf&'aarotrrt
q;AlTrggir?riqitgatmmqrfeqt
Eiigddorigniir
fr* t
f,qK,f;oEfhiifrh
ffqrwEtq{r {gftr*r qrRq* {r qfr
*qt{ihqrs6tft frqalqrtq-dhtq{q n ut tt
caqqitswqs
st 4t-4n
91's
'-..'-"---.'--
a Drekkana
Stoku 4i. When the Moon occupies
planec' the yoga iea"Js
of Saturn and is aspectedbv that
The sameis the case
to the renunciation of the worid'
of Saturrror \{;rrs
when the Moon occupying an amsa
planet leadinq to the
is aspected by Saturn' if the
wich Rahu' Keltr
ssgumptionof aeceticismbe associated
occupy a malefic 1ms-a'
or Guiik" and at the same time
the holy
will hre guiltv of apostasyfrom
,i.-o.rron
order'
Nores'
vl
CY
qqiqtq-'ilqlr
oi leading to
SIoha 4L. lf strong plarrets capable
be obscured by the Sun'r
arce.ticiEm(uitte Sl.lS sipru'l
greatreverencelor aecet"tt, ,f," personsborn will have
initiated into the
tics,"tttouilt they may not become
to above be overcome
tofy ota.t. If the'planetsreferred
aspectedby other planets' the
in planet:ry *r,''nd
intn the holrr
.on..rntO will seek admission
;;;;
order without $ucces6'
Norrr.
T'hissloka is fronr Brihat Jataka'
p l a n e t sa s r n s l o k a
I f t h e S u n f o r n r s a c o n j u n c t i o nr v i t h o t h e r
a
irecclme Sanyasin at all'
\5, supro theu tlre tuan does tlo"
\vbatthcSunactualh'doesis,heimprovestircdevotionalsid't
the stroug planei but doei'
i n t b e s c h o o l o f p h i l o s o p h yd e n o t e db v
thought' If the 1''iant1
not make hinr a Saoyasinof that school of
tr'i6
9t4
wrdscrftnre
Adh.xv
%
P R O F E S S I O NL, M L I H O O D .
rga-*wrf
qrru,trtrr
Iqfttift eqa-dlsqGni\xqrcfl
q
q
trl-e'it qiit* tqqlqrt-e*qEqftTrt{rilqgr{r||
Sloha 43. There is acqsisirion of wealth,
firstty,
from the father,mother,a foe,a friend,a brother,a wiie
or an inferior, accordingas the sun or any of the other
planetstaken in ordt-r occupiesthe 10th place reckoned
from the Lagnaor the Moon ; secondlv,by meansof the
profcssionprescribedfor the ruler of the t0th house
or
for the ruler of the Navamsa occupied by the planet
owninq the lOth place from the Lagna,from the Moon
or from the Sun.
NorBs.
Find tfre planet or planets occupying the l0th place
rockonod
from the Lagna as q'ell as from the tr4oon. Ascertain
which ot
t h e m i s s t r o u g e s t . I f t h e S u n b e s u c ha p r a n e t ,
the nativb sots
p a r e n t a li n h e r i i a n c e( f r o m t h e f a t h e r ) ;i f i t b e t h o
M o o n ,h e i n b e r i t s
property from the mother ; if Mars, he gets
money from enemies;
if Mercury, from friends ; if Jupiter, from brothers
; if venus,
from wiie; and if the planet be Saturn, he gets rvealth
from iofe.
riors, such as servants, etc.
I)lanets in midheaven or aspiring to Midheaven(<trqrfqarfrq:
- D a s a m a b h i l a s h i n a h aa)r e t o b e
t r e a t e da c c o r d i n g l y .
Secondly,find out the ruiers of the lOth house countod
from
tbe Lagna, the Sun and the Moon. Take tho strongost of
tbem.
Find out in wbat Navamsa ho is. The ruler of thet Navamsa
will
influencethe profession.
I-et us take the example gi,r,onin ths notes to Adh.
V, Sl. /.
l'here is the lVloon posited in the lOth place r*koned frcn:
sI.48
tf,lfqCfrsscrcr
916
the Legnaas well as from the Sun, and thereare no'plauetsin the
l0th house from the Moon. The Moon is tberefore the only planet that influenceshis income.
According to the other view, the lords of the lOth places reckoned from the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon are Saturn, Saturn
and Venus respectively. Saturn and Venus are in Dhanurnavamsa
and Simha Navamsa respectively. The lords of these are Jupiter
and the Sun; and the stronger of them is the Sun. The Sun is
therefore the planet that influences the profession.
cf ,
gqr6r
.rtqrftiamqfilAr-^ge'asrCqlRt
miq I
{?qrq+qfiq*: mqf,tqT:
eEnPfaliflqT$r: enr;n q6\:
6fu6rterilfizaeqiaqt,lqttqt tl
Arso {RAdT
\\
i.e
sqqr;aftrr)qrsRt q6rqflrrf$qir:I
h sis,iqEr
|r: eqargq,ilQnr:rr
ear&trRqr\'q}qqrflfiqfid(: r
9r6
eraqqTfiurh
Adh.xv "
qqf:afaqqrrnsfisq{ng Gfifhaq tl
I f t h i s i ' i e r vi . r ea c c e p t e d ,t h e i n c o n r ef o r t h e n a t i v e ; t ] r l u e s t l r J n
w i l l h a v e t o b e d e t e r m i n e dw i t h r e f e r e n . e t o t h e p i a n e t sJ u p i t e r
(tbe lord of the Navamse Ilasi occupied by Saturn)antl the Sun
i t h e l o r c lo f t h e N a v a t r t s rot c c u p i e db y V e n u s ) ,i . e . , f r c m t h e s o u r ces ntentionedin siokas 'f4 and 49 irqfra'
To cletermine tbe w"aysby which a person wili earn money,
t h e p l a n e t sw h i c h a r e i n t h e l s t , 2 n d a n d t h e 5 t h ( o p p o s i t et o t h e
l l t h ) h o u s e s ,r n a f r i e n d ' s h o u s e ,i ,n a n e n e m y ' sh o u s e o r i n h i s
own house,indicate the source If tbe planets be bad' there will
be uraximum labor aod miuimurn income; if they be good, there
will be minimum labor and maximum income. If the Sua is
exalteCin the above position and at the same time stronq (in good
houses,etc.,) then the person concerned will earo money by his
own exerrion. lNot" that the Sun in exaltation causesmaximuur
labor and maximunr incorne, the Same whea the other ma106cs
are posited in the tenth house ] If more than one planet be strong,
then tire natlve will have more than one source of income'
The professionor occupationof a native rs qenerally ludged
from the planet or planets occupyingthe tentb houseand, if there
should be none there, from those in the lst aod also from tbose
aspectingthe Sun and the Moon' Further, the planet which is
positecl very near the Sun or the lOth bhava whether before ot
after in the radix of a native and its condition-whether strong oI
weak-due to its position and aspect exert much influence in this
respect.
qqifnwiiroenlffid't
qd qdildr
m{wqqt{rlfrlq{5lrdf{ wgeftg I t
qRffir&t
qto{T*'rq"A.r
tr"=irriqr11rg
Fri'FqrrqEil{frfhiffih U qtde* u BBll
S/ol+a44. An astrologer is to declarethe acquisl'
of nrealth by any person with refurenceto the predoni'
qtq*sqFr:
st. {6
fl?
q-M
ilfffiq
uiq qgqffiqqrttq r
rrtrErfrqrfltt s\ tl
trdGan+qqf+ffiqnRrrmqtil
S/ofra 45. If the Navan sa under referencebe thar
of the Moon, the person concerncd gaios a living by
dealing in things derived from water euch as coochs,
pearls, etc., bv agriculture, earths of various kind, by
indulging in interesting controversies, by purchaseof
articles of apparelin which the wealth of lordly women
is wont to be laid out.
Nott:,s.
The cnrprloymentssrguified by thc Moc,u generall,y ioclude
sailors,, roariners, navig,rtors, fisherinen, watermen, boatmeu,
dealers in pearls, those working io oearl fisheries, rrridwives,
PErsSr.Atc.
918
rTl]|F|lRrtrt
Adh. xv.
rtc)i*1ta(orrrsrr(
crqftrqrcue{t rrn I
qrawrlqr(qilg.dftqfA*rrrn ft Bqtl
ffi
Sloho 46. If the Navirmsa in question belong to
Man, tbe person gains a livelihood by metallurgy, by
war, by exhibiting tricks in which the operation of fire
rE apparentlyarrested(wireru - Agnisthambha) and by
engagingin other people'squarrels,in any act of daring,
aod laetly by resorting to the professionof a robber.
NotBs.
The professionsindrcatedby Mars are all kinds of rnilitary
rnen, sucb as soldiers, generals,colonels,captains, doctors, physi.
:iaas, apothecariei,chemists, butchers, executioaets engine dri,
'crs'and tha like---generally all workers in rron, steel or fire.
nrdnftsrc{Frq{rfi
nqfs.cr}fidrriEil$qttr r
\
e\
q{r{qoqrilcqqn
gtiiamrsq{stgtfrl u Be ll
8c tl
Slofra48. If the Navamsa belong to Jupiter, the
percoo concerned,s.ry the astrologert, will not trcsort .to
sl. 4e-60
qtdtsntrr
919
gwffirtqqsnrqtilrf,{t Trnailqqqrgr.rqf
rr
gfrqilurrqt\Tlqrftqrr rdta Uq\rgeft u Bqtl
Sloka 49. lf the owner of the Navamsa in quea,
tion be Venus, the living will be derived from a place
where gold, ruby, elephantsor horsesare produced; and
by ruch meansas traffrckinq in cattle, jagqery, cooked
rice, salt, curdled milk and by the alluremerrtof a female.
Norps.
Venus s professronsindieate dealers rn gold, ruby, clopbants'
or horses,cows, jaggery; hotel.keepcrs, confoctioneri, shcphcrds.
musicians,painters, I inen drapers,jewellers, players,ernbroiderors,
larridaries,scent-dealers,maid servants, etc.
F{{rt gftmur.iruriqani(irflqi*qrtr r
kqnqnraqii{qusfl c.ir;qiil{r{qFr{oq
|| \ o ff
qrHftffi
strCI
A&. xv.
NoTEs.
3aturn's employments includs shoe'makers' scavcDgets'grav6diggEfs, rmdcrtakets and all persons engaged in similar vile pur'
srtits; tboy also include gardeners, miners, brick-layerg etc,,
q*qurtr(qaffi{fqrilqrtilrr finm t
qetr q{fiq{ftqatsr!lrclswWfrqr!
q!\t
'bc found
Thie as well as slokas 52' 55. 56, 58 and 66 ate to
iD ctt$fi{.t.
{qrr! |
fierg.\FFIMT
U'drqq1'iq611
tr{l eg! ||
qtdqliiqqftIlurlal q{I TrfiPd{'(r(s,-frsl)
Stoha 3L. Personsat whore birttr, benefic planets
occupy the four Kendras will be iordly mea and tu.rn
out the best of theit race and founders of faoiliea ; dY
they will be endowed with an intellect that can compre'
bend all things anC have abundant wealth, fame and
excellentvirtues, by meansof whictr they will become
royal lavorites.
s[. 64-86
98r
ilqdi$sqffis
Prsoa born
T*tnd{fr qx eqtqr*1q&qqrI
WtfrTsi{-qtqft vrq(frqeEll \B rr
ffirr
e22
wtnxftill
Adh,xv.
Xgilg-tgdvruhwtfrGq
ki dtqqdrf*rcqgi ?qi\sr qrdfuf I
qiili{
sfiliiDr
rrqs{iDr
{{R{i frqt
sdt qnits\str({qrfluar
st. 69-81
vrq*sqrr
e23
gqarilowrlttit*atf i\w{tiR t
*ftryaq| rrt mSst fttrrn( u \q tl
S/ofra 59. If Venus and Saturn occupy the lOth
placefron the Moon. the person born will manufacture
a fragrant black powder and similar cosmecicsubstances,
will practise medicine and engagein trade'
924
qrnacrfu&
Adh.xv"
qfifht sdtirqTqgtqrrrftqrtardrqqrtt
qrdlsqildftqnri{qrare{diqhq{1ffi{tar nqstl
uftnq{ttni qriifr-qdg*r
q$lirtiqas* qgElililqq]q+{ ll E\ ll
qeqqfr$$qrqr
s!.8tu8?
996
Erfdreqdu!
w
n qq orsrfli[$oq il
orrqneailqmt{sqfi qfl flfli\Eoi}ilqil
urqqnilq{irs $[6rrogifs ({qir ftqil qq I
ilginrieqqidiqaUgfrqrwilorfiqr
drqmilq{frequfigqw;qn$ffT}tdlsQstl
Sloha 67. It is through the llth bhava irom the
Lagna that every accumulation of inconing wealth is
expected; the planet in the I tth bhava when poecerred
of full strengtlris capableof giving wealth. If the Sun
be such a planet, much wealth is derived by the perroo
coqcerned from paternal kinsfolk ; if the Moon, froo
maternal relations ; if Mars, froro personll exetcion; if
Mercury be the planet occupying the llth bhava in full
utrength, wealth comes to the person concernedfrom a
dear master,a discerning friend or a maternaluncle.
Norns
This as well as tbe uext five slokas apPear iu g315gq.
(tcflrtftwi
eg6
Adh. 1ff.
ooeva is thus statco b
unlttqlnfr qnrEfiqn{oift;ili q I
qKrqfil? {giary1s}glt a{ftm;q{rtq 1s
lrlso qromrqcq
rraFrtqpqrcrrTTarTrdBorqf,
aqqs{rfi t
aTq:fh'aTqTqfui
faut4i* rrrerqrte6$:tt
freirq is aaotherreadingfor etfrt in the 4th quarter of the
sloka. The tracslarienwill then be : " if Mars,fronr a brother."
Mtq*q
flfM
fuKqr iitcr n qc rl
I wrRggHrfrsriv{iad
orqail;Fre
qrfrqqitwwrrtaqitr{frqrRnr tt it tt
qlqrftEqt{s
sl, ?0-?t
9?,1
bh.av1
Slofta 69. If the planet occupyiogthe llth
acquired
be beoefic,tbe person born will have wealth
planet
if
the
by fair means;ihe samewill be illgctten
in the bhavabe malefic; and mixed if the occupanto-of
acrolothe bhavabe of u ti*"d' nature' This fact' thc
horoscope'
ger ehould clearly state as revealedby the
prep:n'
if ,n planet in the llth bhava be strong and
every
posEess
deratingly friendly, dre pereonborn will
with
omiablJquality and will be surpassinglybleesed
'*o-"", such as vehicles' ornamento'
every meansof enjoyment
luxuriotts appliancesarid
articlesof
"pp"r"l,
learnirig.
agqilrurfiicn
RiqFr.rarftdt
ntqt
qtsqtwfrxg"qfrqt
Enrfufrmi
qrrd itror qulwqd*qlft6rer{rt
ffiqqt
ll so }t
rtrrrftq!&
9ffi
A&. XS.
srqFrqn'korqfirE Wdprffi
NftSRiFNKr TtrTTrllrIIIIIttITTC(
iqrdeflrq[Rtqt.fni liilqfr ll sl 1s
Sloha72. lf the lord of the llrh bhava be in a
Kendraor Trikona from the Lagna,or if there be a
ualefic planet in the I tth bhava or if the tord of the
latter occupya Rasi or amsawhicb ie ita eralcationits
own or a friend'a, the person born will be wealtby.
Tbc predrctionin regard to wealth ahouldbe madein
with the strength of the planet asrociated
accordance
with tbe bbava or its lord, andir will come from the
claecof personswhosekarakathe aseociatedplurcr oay
reprGsent,
and during its dasaand apahara.aod
frgm the
qu.tter belonging
thereto-
qtlTftsttrlr
sl. ?8-?4
g29
ll
ll eTq6rr{r}Tr?il5eTl
rri$tfr
oqrEr-nmd{qrggd'ft
fffm {qnrftqMq,i R-{qqfuilt( |
ftffit q* qr'& g;mmntsvn
ffTrt{tr{tefr ft {rFtqrgfosqiltsdftt \el
Stoka 73. [t is through the lZth bhava, its lord
and Saturn that an astroiogcr should divine a Person's
wandering far, misfortung or evil doom, liberality, tbe
comforts of bed, etc.; dignity and waste of wealth.
When the planet in the 12th bhava owns as well ar
occupiesa moveablesign, or is the lord of a Dustthana
or is in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn, the
person born will indeed have to roam over many lands
and forest regions.
Norns.
This sloka as also slokas 74-79 and 82 & 83 are in qn{ct.
from the 1Zth bhava is stated in the
What can be asc:ertained
same work thus :
qaqarfrsRftaq{ I
qqqq;Traaqqf(t
qrqrfhqugqii{Frqfqrqfrfif4frcqtf,,tt
r\1so
"il<T.nl{WI
{fiqii 6rrr4rrfrqoe}fri;q qq q I
s{{aaqqFqrtft.ndti qqffid: n
gt gqgtfrrqlufrfrfr
Rrmrrrrrrt
ilflt iqresfiffi
117
RtacqrqHflQI
980
dttlrqrfrarf
Adh.xv.
fit*
^
qodt aqqisftqnr-
q[rafg\ Eiqqrfuiiar{Iinqq I
tita t{qgus{i{arutfttt sE rr
Sloha 76. When a maleficplanet owning the 6rh
or the 8th bhava oicupies the l2th bhava in strengch,
sr 77-78
931
q1q|frgrqtTr
to ag.curresar&
;;;ffi;;;
RnRfrq(siffi ftqgctr
qffin< ewftcqlqgt t
Enilrg{Gst{E{IqTqlrriftll s\e ll
Stoha '17. A person will have his wealth consumed by peopleof the Brabmanaand other castesaccording
as the planets in the 12th bhava represent these' If
female planets be in that bhava, it is through femalee
that his wealth will go out ; if male planets be in the
bhava,loss of wealth will be brought about by an enemy'
If the bhava in questionbe owned by a friendly planet,
the person concernedwill have to lay his money out on
account of his friends.
qrtsE{RT{te itqrE{fiort
(qqftrqEa g qirqwftll ec ll
932
{Rrrcrftqre
,tdh.xv.
qlgEls{Efrilga*q{tfiiftq il{ d-
qR
Errfrftgftsdr
"q{rnrftqq irqwr
g{dftiE} q'iHrrq.i'qtq,tt co tl
sl. 82-83
{q{t'rsr{t{r
933
ff (riiqerr{gf g ii*rae{Hrfq}rri}qt
fr:t gt?rqfr qsqfhilbsqil qr;r{: I
qrq'iqrihqi qt wuir oi u'ft srqt
s;qr0 tqdlsi qfq qg$l q iid{rt n dl tl
A\iar,
*n.*
"""l9l:"1
"."-"""""""-"-ff-""-
Venus occupy the ?th, and the Mooo the sign Kanya,
the perscnborn wrder this yoga reeche;the seatof the
at last.
highesthappiness
qrglqrl;T$ft
g q:r ffi aalqqrdew t
oiqr gnMftil(giil rrgrqqTfrTd
qfr dtaqq{Eqqrr
tqnqiffit
qlffiqlftqft
qe[(tirsqtqt ll
S/ofta 84. If a planet owning a malefic house
occupy a g:(sn" (Dustthana)in strength' the bhava re'
present"dby the malefic house is said to be advanced'
But if the lord of the 8th bhava be weak in any sign,
by that sign is said to be impaired.
the bhavarepresentecl
If the lord of the Lagna occupied or aepectedby a
benefic planet occupy any bhava in strength,that bhava
receivesmuch benefit thercfrom. The caseis different
when the lord of the Lagna is in depression,or in an
inimical house.
Thus endsetc.
ffifrg{fr$6xrFl:
311
P
Adhyaya
XVI.
FEI\,IALE HORoSCoPE.
*qodrqwilatffiftrqqtqt r
ftfrryng,.fqrd* {ut llq n I tl
Sloha 1. S/e are now gorngto treat of the female
horoscope with its characteristiclunation, Rasig and
planets,becauseit is a means of promoting prosperity,
power, health,offspring, knowledge and fame.
qqt.f,t(ilq: gwrqrTqrqEolt
ftt* t
qrTrsr} II.=rlqrdsqqiilqqraFrrtt lt t ll
Slahu 2. There is nothing in the world like a
horoscopeto help men in the acquisition of wealth, to
savethem like a boat in a seaof troubles and to Eerve
them as a guide in their journeys.
NorBs.
T h e o b j e c t o f t h i s s l o k a i n t h i s A d h y a y ai s o n l y t o s h o w t h a t
it is the q?qtn+ (Sthri Jataka) that (is alluded .to by the word
rrfrq in the slolia and which) helps or guides the husband in the
sea of troubles.
,frqcqrqqqfr
ffi q{iksfrqrfY{rmgtr
q{Tferqtrsq{qitffinnRre${ir t
qrgrilqdt rilqqn*r urd c{rrqfr*r
{iqlgrgn,Itdwfiso*diffiqrfu,Fqttf I ff
935
v36
nRttqtftilil
Adh..xvr.
duriq;qs(ifllqgfrd'Tdirfr *wlrq
mqtttgngri Gqwserq{tqfft*q r
TEUrTqgur
WrqE.ffl(ibqrqilqi {frr
"ffirqqon+q
'Whatever
Sloha 4.
effect may accrue from the
horoscopesof females that is applicable only to mcn,
shouldbe ascribed to the husband The goodand evil
affecting thcir per$on should be calculated from thc
Moon and the Lagna whir:hcverof them is stronger"
It is from the ?th place front thc l-agna or the Moon
that all that is worthy or unworthy in thc husbando
ehould be ascertained,and the deatli of thc husbandsis
foretold tirrough the Sth bhava (from chc Lagnaor thc
Moon). Ail this should be well weighcd by the strength
or weaknessof the planets, herreficand malefic, bcfore
an announcementis macie.
rtrfrsnrrq:
sl.6
e37
Norps.
c/. n"oa?rt+t
ff
'*'iwqr(
(WqGrsqswlarmdf
tffigqTg* gqwRf)( ffi*qr n \ tl
Sloha 5. Of thc Lagnaand the Moon, find which
ir the stronger. tt is with reference to this that the
luck, beauty atrdstrengthof women shouldbe announced'
Chrldren and wealth in abundanceshould be declared
through the 9th bhava therefrom, Wedded happinero
or otherwise should be gathered from the 8th b-hatr;
husband'cfortune from the Tth Someastrologerc opioe
that the well-being or the reverse of the husband can be
determined from the 9th bhava.
1lB
srdrqrRqtr
9'38
Adb.)rvl.
gi neume:qfugrisrlq *Rkg: I
xmqrqB*fr{rqfrgd q{tqrnodr
eEqfRq+il
al g'q'il nl'qrdl
gf,qqqfAqqr
nqge6e{ftet
t
sl.8-9
frerils.{ncr
eJ9
qgqeRileei+im ieqtqt
gEeqfAGE<r
tfrui qRqrtt
If Uotl the ascendant and the Moon are in even signs and be
aspecteci bi' benefic planets, the wonran born will bear good sons,
Slte will
possessan cxcellent husband and be well-ornamented.
qualities.
possess
excellent
It the Lagna
be very prosperous and
are in odd signs and be aspected by or associated
witb malelic planets. she will be masculine in her bearing, insin.
c.re, ungovernable and cruel beyond measure to her husbanC; and
silqitCI{SerifutiolFEtr;EgErski:r
{tqr;qrrd ffi q{g} qref*mseil{fr qi{n\g; il
Sloka 9, When the Lagna is in an odd sign;
when the maeculinepianeteptedominatein strength;
when the Moon| Mercury and Venu6 are strong and
when Saturnhrs ordinary strength;the female born
will'fr e deprCralettd lct ,hrrbandcwill be mrny"
qrdfcrnnta
940
Adh.xvl.
I
ntfit{qft*r grM qq\Enilrsnqr
a\
Rreqrmflqo{neruftgwr
fr mnftqft n tt rl
Slofrc i1. Wiren Saturnhasbut mediumstrength;
when the Moon, Venus and Mercury are weak; and
of realstrength,
when the remainingplanetsarepoo$essed
in
an
odd
Lagna
will associate
is
born
the femalethat
with many.men. When Jupiter, Mars, Mercury and
Venus are strong and when the rising sign is an even
one, the woman born will become celebratedfor her
koowledge of every science developing ultimately into
an expounder of the scriptures.
NorES.
T t r r sr l o k a i r f r o r t rR l i l r a t l a t a k e .
n ftiluqq tt
oil fiq.ri qt rrftft qrdtqiftrhqgaffitqqqrsqor rT{AgilqRr{{ff {+( |
sl. 12-13
qisnlstqrqr
941
q+ rM omfrrftaftaia*g*qra
qiaqs(gersqqt{+
ot rnfrmrFtri
nt{t gr{ff gr.{rgirtt gq,f:q+rt
ftsqef qtur{rsRftt-solwlaErq&ql
g{tt g{{s{r q gqil olffiqr qrqil ll tl ll
Slofta 13. In a Lagna owned by Venue, a female
born in a Trimsamsa of Mars will b vicioua and
quarreleome; she will be chasteand a mother of many
children if born in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter; remarried
if in that of Saturn ; she will be fond of all the arts,
mueic'-vocal and instrumental-if born in a Trimsamsa
of Mercury; il the Trimsamsa of her birth be owned
942
ffitrili
Adb")ryL
R,{rilrGqq iiffirqrg1ornrranr
frt itr.-quonfr
uggili{i{* {rusrn lr tl
Slofto 15, When the Lagna is a srgn owned by
the Moon, and the Trimsamsa of birth is owned by
Mars, thc femaleborn will be endowed with physical
btrength; and if the Moon be aspected by maldic
planeu, she will take delight in ministeriog to rbe
ahuEemntsof her paramours; if the Trimeamsabe that
gf Saturn,she will becomea widow; if tbe samebeloog
to Jupiter, she will be short.lived and will have fe,:.,r
children ; if of Mercury, she will be skilleC in the arts ;
sr 16-11
ffismr:
943
trgffi
Wr rgfqF({q $qft*{rFEilItftrqit ll qq tl
diseases.
944
cnTrqrftrrt
Adh.xvl.
olq<utffidftat
gft,r
r<tt qft g+.nftesorqrugrsr
{*ilr $oer gqi{rqf{ilr grar ffsql sd
srrAtftqqrwffi*m* g+.iitq
wffi{qrilf
ftrilqMcry(ilTril
ql il'rR ffift
qdwq|gffi il tq tl
Slof"a 19. When malefic planets occupy the ?th
bhava,the female born wrll become a widow; if the
planetsin the ?th bhava be of a mixed sort, ehe will
remarry; if there be in the 7th bhava a weak malefic
planecaspectedby a beneficone, the female born will
be put away hy her husband; if Venus and Mars occupy
eachother'e Navamsa, the woman will be addictedto
other men; if theae two planetsbe associatedwith the
Moon in the 7th bhava, she will associate with other
men at the instance of her own husband.
Norns.
Tlris sloka is taken fronr Brihat lataka.
ffissqt{:
st. 20-21
*t*
arairqiqrrqF'la\
fiwg*t srai {FdTsdI+i (qq. I
fiAi*
gr{trt
q{F'ITEl}ilqriqfdqaltqqf}a lt
't'aaii'i'+'t
[''or Llrefirst PuCu, c/.
itcl;hlr(qi
946.
drRrrctftill
Adh.xvl.
lJqmr
Also
rlRf+ait
$ q gu*it afriareDqii'rqYf:d r
sl. 23-24
qtcfirss|rrq:
9'17
Also qr{{J{{o{
qrq*fqEtftri qrfrgttq-qtergn
qnr{fi iiodtdi iqnsqrq;q}qffiri{dr I
e4[]
Adh.xvr.
flfl{qrftmre
Norps
,tti.,iteq,
11lote{ irr fttpq.
q.
^\
i5oTrr{Ti?Irrd
ftisr qqiqil gqqqfr iFqr I
\A
-t\\--\1{A
dqlqrqfi-dqrft
lTi{rihtiqrft qftafturt
q;(fr sr{F{i{rEsgrr
riikg* rirfirdir
sr. 2?-28
tngttrss|tfqt
949
'rTqlrilolf*iI
wtft qrqrrE+
Gluitrqfr q$ q frqqrfartw lTrfhfl
ft.t r".r.ft! t}ft deuftnfrqqtlt qil tt Retl
qrr{rurri
grfrqtr; errtf qrtssqQsr{r
qddrrsgrfreqflqtr
{ndfk ffi
r rri1erg;rr
S-g'r*qtfr ggaqrfl
qti qt n-edqirflngarrurEfterilqar
u R4tl
S/o&o 28. When benefrcplanets cccupy the 9th
bhava and there is a malefic planet rn the 7th or the 8th,
the femaleborn will live long with her huoband,affluttoc,:r numerous progenyand the accesscriesof comfort
and happiness; if malefic planets be in the -ith bhava,
rh,: woman concerned will havc many children ; if
Dhanus or Kataka be th: Lagna in the latter case.she
ilrirscrRilt
Adh.xvt.
sl. g0-32
frgfrssrtq:
1ul
s{eqlq.q
fiqrdtqrrgttgort qt( tt
olililsqqTrt)'
wii{:t<qorFffi t
*'qqtwfqfi, q{qrerrtquratt
qtqt ge'K qaqqqqG+Et
Ftrr 6rst qt< (Pada), uide slr-rlia$infro'
ITft$Rltffiqqrq+( il t
T(ffir
fiAt grttRcrlffr,onqqftffir ffir
llloll
ftrnqtfu{rdqQsffit
gilffigilfictil
""t
lRnsrr(amt
Adh.xvl.
{tftearrrqtt dni13
wq0
g{wq{{fi wqamdt
gqqgilEafr
il at;erflgrtnrrqr( ft 1t tt
Slo&a 33. When a Navamsaof Mars occLrpyirrg
the ?th placefrom the Lagnais aspectedby the Sun and
Mercury, the female born will have a diseasedwo nb
(C/. sloka 21, sufiro) ; but when rhe Navamsa under
referencebelongeto a beneficplanet,the femaleconcern.
ed will be much liked by her husbandand blessedwith
children; elseshe will bocome an object of aversionto
her husband.
ilqTffiqftfr q Rqqrflqat wt
qffiqrftqli stft $ufl qrqr+qrt I
(|6ilrnfli{rrw{rqG gt w{ qi wqqr
qI(Q g gqrt gurEdl
{rfr igqir n iB ff
Sloho 34. If the malefic ptrn*i, occupying thc
?th bhava be rwo, the femaleborn will be lustfully
inclinedand become a widow ; if they be thrce, she
will be unchastc and ulrimately do away .with her
husband; when a beneiic lli.lrr,:r is in thc ?th bhava.
sr. 36-36
ffisqlrr
963
qrfr;qirrqfrftrcr&naqrE.--fr;qesl
s il
srqTftwrq+( t
*\ quq,rrrrwil{Fmr
tq",i ruilil qFilrErn(T ueunt
ffqrfiilIiq$
g{rfRd}qft qwqt{FrgF,rl
d*sq afh,rrrrlfr qeit I
eitqrqtitqrrqntflr{E:qtqr rdtfii: ilq q geqrEifrfildqF?r
ll
Also .ilil{it{(ul
qaTfRdEr
er;fr.q{r}qrqfifRarqff
ng} qziftr
t;q'{nrFnTrt ftnrn qrit qil*RfirrH;rif\:ll
Also gsqloq
Adh.xvr.
ilC'5trrR!||l
961
q I
firqnggdT
gB
qgrnftrrnilotq.dtffqgfTEtu t
fl-{Tqdl i{qq{q*;R{A
sl. 39-40
956
*cfr${rcr
qRg{s6urF{frrfrg.{funr
q*ffiqqfuf\:gs{ilh'(ftr
ffiReqntqffit
snfr{qil ftosrmrqffetrffir
1t qrffi
It ought to bc
966
qtilFrlnirqtr
Adh. XVI.
qrsqTqrlirfrdqTi?q qtqqq \q tt
ef',fnivgt$, qrilr$qGtfiortrrlat t
d qaqrfiqlsrqi+,nrdgs{rdTq tl
Also see next .,lol;a.
ntsfr iirqrrilErq<T
erqi r*sqt gqfrdsd,{h I
$ert +tuGqi{EFrsriR;arqrqitsS fiMcq tt
Sloko 41. When a malzfic planet is in the 7th
bhava,the woman concernedwill without doubt devote
herselfto the asceticismanswering to the planet in the
9th bhava. The yogas mentirrned hitherto become ap,
plicable in connection with the time of marriage, the
time of selectinga girl, the time of her gifr and the time
when a query is maderegardingher.
Norss.
This as well as sloka 43 have been taken frorn llrihat Jatalia.
Any planet-whether beneficor malefic--will not bring about
widowhood but will make the woman born more devoted to her
h u s b a n d . S h e w i l l s a c r i f i c eh e r s e l f f o r h i m a c c o r d i n gt r t h e p h i losophical temperamentdenotedby the planet in the 9th house as
d e s c r i b e di n A d h : X V . S l . l 5 s u p r a .
A n i m p o r t a n tp r i n c i p l e i s e n u n c i a t e d h e r e . T h e r e r n u s t b e a
planet in the 9th*positive Trikona of the zodiac-to give good
r e s u l t s a t t h e t i m e o f r n a r r i a g e ,b e t r o t h a l ,e t c . , o r a t t l r e t i r n e o f
talk regardingrnarriage.
-r{ulT{{
Also
flr(t{rdl
sl. 42-43
ffistqrq:
967
si{ig
wqffiSqrcTgatffi
ll 81 ll
lrtaffia
958
Adh.xvr.
mFqTfrilfdmg
ft{tr{fr {ftfr qeq$flqftgrrr
Ti Fgqi qiGqq,Trqeinh F!Iq:
qth es girg Efimi nqr: qri qsil tt
Al"o w<R-d
qe r
trqsetE fuqr fiq-<rRqftiqi{*
ds fiiTttirryqqr{ aer' nfrffffi, tt
ffqT@qqfte ftrfttq{Qseqg1rqR I
r-qeTdtfrftqil qq qtt I
\qaqereqnQEseq*
nl*drqrtil: er.e{ R u
cg:qT*6q qFfr5il.{rqr,
qhqraft
rqrfr,ilffi
sg ileqgtr I
{mT*
sdro{+gqA+H
Also q-ir{irtl
sr 44-46
e69
f,risqtq;
ffqtt+tqtl|nl:
n{!\:gFqFr4I{IFlil:
(Fwrgg gqq+45flor*-Ciqrqrflqat t
cH fr{rt gqTgTrtqffifrt{r gt
Erqdr@siRgsl
qRrr5crFqrt
960
Adh.xvl.
t{cn{nFTrt
$G $ru{
gwwq(gh$rcrdrtmt
r t
qgqng(a<it.rrEtqrfr qttt il 8E tl
lnot't'igoruqirdiT(t sn(iTq.tit u Be tl
'f
of the
Slofut.17. hc girl at whose birth the lor..Js
Lagna
ird and th: llth L:havasfrom thc
occupy the 5th
bhavawill havc a brother endowed with thc spirit, the
v i r t u e s a n d t h c m a j c s t i cm i e n o f a r u l c r o f m e n .
il srEqfronqrq.tl
\
\A'
qalflr dr ,r\ r
dr.q"*qfr+rqqfrqiai
ffic.qrr,
sl. 48-49
e61
q* q-qqqflq\qda?df+a friil
qrorql:flm'e
qrqfiigftq\, {Ttq:dlfia, t
arfr* gqq-{q}qfiUq qos}qqfrfad
aa] a* dt-fqtvrftrritaqk q f{rrRqfa:tl
r\lso fEsslil{
q;+ +Tge{isqes<qq{
{i'i'qq(4lqti
tl
*frseh gur-{taittJ-tfi* qsffitf}aa:
962
qrilsqrrtqfi
Adb.xvl.
aTFt*eint eq{qaiffiqt T: r
ffesril eaiil qiif f,w{{r:qR: ll
*tsri eiq|* *} dAA ftdq' qft' r
sl"iset eiah de qnlfqarqq(gsl rr
qiisFt qirrh eii gqqr{f+Fitfuq: r
E*sFt i{r+ d} +qrfrITrnril(gS n
qtsrt tql* &} z*irWl ,ria.qR:t
qqssqrrfddiSqtelq non tl
qt;qItEIS\ gurEr{qrr-.* qrftflIt{{ssil g rnsttls I
st.51-52
{sqif3tqmr
963
qilgtiEq
(sd
e qq.Irrnfqir .Iai
4qb{T{rqfMkffiErqGl
Rett mfi{rai{ffifr qnt*fi qtqr
qR rqorilttqr*nq tl \t ll
qqfgrEqqisfr
Slola 61. A femalewill haver decrepithusband
when the lorcl of the 9th bhavarnd lupiter happento
occupya g:<llct(Dustthana) at her birth; hc will be
tong,titt.Jancl wealthy if the two planetsoccupya Tri'
ko-oraKendrabhava.Iftheybeassociatedwiththe
lord of the 4th bhavaor Mercury, the husbandwill be
a perEonof learning; if they be associatedwith Mars
o, S",.rrn,he will be an agriculturist; if with Rahuot
Ketu, a villain; if with the lord of the 6th bhava, he
will becomea robbepchi'eftain.
,furr: qffi
Rautqr$ qttqurt
ffi qqqnt tt \R ll
Rirfrqgsmqq"dksr
e64
qnriFTrfuilt
Adh.xu.
qA r{ut{trsftrrcgrqr{tqfrrfiqt
n* ErfrfUfr fW qk*flqlsrn
ir$qs\Q
geretfritat
Rt{tMt*{ufiwgwrr
t aritqqqre*fiqrdi frqlf'qmatq-cr
r
gifiweds w*qtatagrnrgar:
d urqqftrstit ilgo raqmsr&ffi{rttull
tq-crqffit qrffiqrRqrt
rft diaEqairq{il
dtqr(il.qrrT:qt{l tl
S/oArr54. In thie chapter on FemaleHoroscopy,
we have given accurately with referenceto hucbands
the sameinformation which we gave while treating of
men's horoscoperegarding wives such as the regions
from which they may come,their status,the frrotection
of their virtuc and the quaiities evincedin their acts.
The numberof children will correspondto tire number
of Navamsasattainedby the powerful amonqthe planets
c;ccupyingthe ?rh bhavaor its Amsa. The lord of that
bhavawhen occupying a Kendra will producc m':cl:
jubilation on marriageand otb.crfestal occagions.
Thur endr&c.
qrfrfiqtftilraegq{frsdlrTlr:
il sl${t$,Etl[ttffi3
Adtryaya
ll
XVII.
KetacnnxRADASA.
The (qtuqm) kalacbakra'system of ayurdaya rsferred to elrady in Adhyaya 5, stoka 33, is based on the Moou's position in a
;fqFfqr{ or quarter of an asterism. For the purposes of this ayur'
daya, the 27 stars from Aswini to Revati are classified into nine
groups of three eacb, the five odd groups or triads beircg' strled
ttq (Savya) or aRtol (Dakshina) and the four even ones ae slrrflal'
(Apasavya) nq (Vama) or iIfi (Uttala). The peculiaritv of a n{
(Savya) triad !s that its l2 padas (qta) are assigned to the l2 Rasis
from Mesha onwards. [n an l,r{e{ (Apasa''ya) triad, the t2
padas belong to the I 2 Rasis reckoned in a reverse order from
zia6 gou*'
qq (Savya)
The 12 Naksbatra'lradas (a{Tqa) whether of a
or of an 3{qA-C (Apasavyal triad can be brought under the four
triangular signs according to the Rasis to which they are severally
assigoed. Iu accordance with this classification,four kinds of
c{qER (paramayus) or maximum life will be shown to result.
(Yide sroka l2).
(Kalachakra nakshatrapadayus) iu its
Each qnqrqfi-qqaqt<l1rr.
rnahadasas ( qcKal ) presided ovgr
nine
eotire length comprises
The orCer in which the saveral
lords.
by nine Rasis aod their
is indicated in the
Naksbatra padas got each its nine rnahd.dasas
(Savya)
and qcsq (Apasavya)
rnnemonic formulas for the w4
cbakras respectively. These formulas are expressod by couvcs'
tional letters qaqqft (Katapayadi) referred to already in page 696.
Two additional letters S aail Ft used in the formulas denote the
numbers I I and l2 respoctively
965
966
rRrrwacR
Adh. xvII,
The following hints may give a clue to ths law govorning tho
essignment of the rnRhqrlagssto.the sovoral Naksbatra padas.
In I (qqfi (Savya cbakra) tbe mahadasas begin from Mesha
onwards to Meena and thence they pass on to Vrischika and go in
a rcvcrse order up to Dhauus and thence revert to Mesha and cad
is Mccna.
'Thus wc have bad 3 cycles reprcsentiug 36 mabadrsss for the
first four Rasyamsas ( <r+it ) or the first nakshatre of a triad.
Thc 4th cycle begins with Vrischika and passing on in a reverse
ordcr ends in Dhanus. The 5th cycle ruus from Mesha to Meena ;
thc 6th from Vrischika backward to Dbaous, These three cycles'
give the kalachakra dasas to the four nakshatra padascomprising
the sccond star of a $;q (Savya) triad. The 7th' 8th, and 9th
cycles are identical with the lstr 2nd and 3rd cycles-respectively
-that
the four padas of the 3rd star of a tfat
Thus it will be seen
(S*wa) triad have the same mahadasasas those of the first.
Tbore are uine cycles also corresponding to the twelve padas
of an s{cEq(.\pasavya) triad, but with this difference. The cycles
in this cbakra run in an order exactly the opposite of what obtains
in the Sdzfqfi (Savya chakra!. The first cycle begins with Dha'
nus aud ends with Vrischika. The second runs from Meena to
Mcsha in tbe reverse order. The third passes from Dhaous to
Vriscbika identically with the lst. These three cycles assign tbe
mabadasato the first four padas comprising the first oakshatra of
an r|{q6q (Apasavya) triad. The 4th and the 6th cycles are
idcttical with the 2od, i, e., from Meena in a reverse ordcr to
Mcsha while the 5th is with the lst or the 3rdr i. 8., from Dhanus
to Vrischika. These three enable us to find the mahadasasof the
qqat (Apasevya)
middle four padas forming tbe second star of an
triad.
It is a peculiarity of the agqpq*q5 {Apasevva chakrr) that tbe
hst four padas bave the same mehadasas as the middle ones; tbat
is thc 7th, 8th and 9th cycles eortespond to thr 4th' 5th and 6tb
rcopoctivety in an arqq6{qfr (Apasavya chakral'
For tbe lengths of the rnahadasa periods of the several Rasis
and their lords, thr reader is reierred to stolra 6.
sr.1-3
ffilktcr
96?
that thc iraximum length of the life of any person whether born
in the beginning, middle or eud of a qETTqK (nakshatra pada)
should not exceed the length of the nine mahadasas(for that pada)
reckoned from that at birth.
For a knowledge of the terms,fu (OeUa), jils (Jeeva), cuEF{IR
(lvlandukagati), c{.{rft (Markatagati),
(Simbavalokua),
iMrr
the reader should refer to slokas gg_.g2. In connection with the
16grn5 qoEfirrfil (Mand"La gati) and rtaqfr (Markata gati), it will
be interesting to note that in a Hqa;6 (Savya chakra), the trvo
movements take place from Kanya to Kataka and Simba to Mi.
thuna rospectively, while in an aTq-o{qrf,(Apasavya chakra) they
are invariably from Kataka to Kanya and Mithuna to Simha and
these occur only in the cycles which run from vrischika to
Dhanus and tice acraa.
A reason for this wiil appear wheu we remember that
it is
only by such an arrangement the order of planets iu both
the
cycles can be made identical.
lfi snq I
'- -------*
Adh' XVU
ffi
e66
t
- t -
ffilFq:
qrR;
gs:
Adh. xVlI.
ttcffint
9T0
----_t-T -'d;-l;|".F:
F?!!
tsd
F, hs
V
(n
c.I
I*'
i
*'
Ir _
roin'- sl
tol
rolsr{n?4lsm<errn-';F=lFo"
-l----l
L____l_.-1-=-
'j};* ,iH;*,_
*,
)lh- ,3
irn*o,ilI**_
t-ll^
tt----l_______,t.-t_._______
,io,oi+'- 6
rlotl,nslm<a- 5lo-as'cqrtl.og.- '
l*'l
i*unol-.-l---l-l-._-i
,"8 I ':v
wn
rEb
Fi
ro
*'
|
| ge: lqlssqq'<'
I
F*ut--.-_L---+------.-r-
6
zleeiitsl'rol6"-ns"-zlu"ru*-tol+artr- s
--.-1-'
I
I
1
roiit-. .:
rrln'rluut'
4lc+taf
ilta{t- lc
lnuwra'
I
li"n.- tolginrra*
I
t-_-,-,-t_----l--
l-
s
llq2lqrltrl^
I
ln
lrs:
lc
f.dr{cE:i
iag"-"u- rlrvuum-tolal5u- zl*e{"l-it(
5lcr4lmllctI
I
l,i,lr'tr+m:
I srw: im=qo- sifir."R-slr+aa- ztla<nu- t
ttt--_-t-.1--l
I
I
la-uwr:I rt
rll
|
gir7i(sftle'
log+'- lo,zia-+gs-zlo"'gn- l6\*-+r1t-
e7t
GEErrSsrflrr
q-
tq-g.r-
zlrrlqttl**
sloolzlf"gn-rolag"*-si,nr<a-sj+z+a-<zrl-
,ll:"1*
ET
gwmtI
l1
2,ql6ils-6;rt"
ft-4
_t-
brt-
gift<ft
I
ttlr!fi-rgt-
j--.1 ",*]
L2,c10rts+-q-
I
z[ts'frrtollDrma- 2fr"<'g{- I
ti*ST- t6ldqtqr;r-l
qt.<qrfi-
-t.
olq*
siftr<f*-
tzlotoprrw-
;tr-
rol$qn?-
972
ilRtT'|lRilI
Adh.xvl[.
q{fl*rrftrderqfqt frSffimilltlrutf
I
xrmlil eK{ afrrqrmcirRqrqrftrWcfls ll
Sloka 4. Draw five straight lines from weEt to
eastand five cross"wisein such a manner that the inte,
rior four squaresare left vacant (are not representedin
the chakra). The reeultingtwelve squaresarethe twelve
celegtial signs Mesha and others, the lords of the east
and other pointa of the compass.
firail{lTffi
Filurffig
l l
qqFeq?il tt \ tl
nfrrnqrtu,tuqt*ft
I
aEftnqtr{rdqqs
{te,f?r{EFmnr
qglt-+ rrrrccEr
ttffi qrffi Eqr(ll q lt
S|oha 6. 6, 21, 7, 9, 10, 16 and 4 are the yearo
respectively of the 7 planets reckoned from the Sun.
The yearo of the signs correopond to the yearEof their
lorda.
lsg?q(qc5risnGs r
d{Tr{ qqHqnnER.qsi *[ tt s tt
8r.7-11
q(I{*ssrq:
vt3
mdqqi{Rd.q{rftg \S q r
I
EQtorrfrffiqterq{tqrs{rP{g
974
rril'5qrfud
Adh.xvII.
hq@qtqqeqtl
iln*f qflEffi(r $qr( ilT s'iurr{is eeE( il t R tl
Sloha 17. In the rftr (Amaas) i. e. quarrersof the
repreeentingthe housesMesha, Vrishabha,
nakshatras
Mithuna and Kataka,the greatest life is declared to
result,beingmeasured
respectively
by the numbers100,
85, 83 and86. The sameholds good in respectto the
Trikona Rasisof the four foregoing.
qfirg3qitildiafrfr {s'arqq I
q+ q nrqiqrck rnm*qt u tl tl
fi{s do-fiMqril frsrqqqsaqqt
Slolas 13and t3l. There.canthus be a thorough
knowledgeof the ageof a person when what are called
|6 (Deha) and sfra(Jeeva)are previously settled. Io
ihg f,cqqs(Savyachakra) the first division of every
Rari is called|6 (Deha) and the last is termed dr
(Jeeva). In the q$rtqrx (Apasavya chakra) this is
reversed.
tt*qnqrfril*n,srRqrfift:r
dEd$ttrcr
Sl. 16-17
ffit
9?6
qu qgil+Onr iilt tl
Slolas 14]-16. When Mercury, Jupiterand VenuEgo to a house which representstt (Deha) or sfic
and pror(Jeeva),
then everything tendsto happinebo
perity and there is an end of sorrow and sicknesc.
When the tt (Deha) or the *q (Jeeva) house ic
occupiedby a mixture cf good and bad planetc, the
effectwould be of a mixed nature.
Norrs'
Parasara adds:
nET
frc"qrg{Fntqyufta{FT{ll
qrqfrqenrqli
tqfi+ q g'e* r
grfr*eurfrtg'fitt gr rtq tt
qtrguqti+ {qqrGgEqte.t
fi g.{ffi
manffi
s1ErflGffiit(tl
qoq.{rrftdqt
t
qqqigq'{ftq qrqiffiuF,qt lt ls u
e76
qrilrdt!f,
Adhxvrr
fiRTrqt
*$t qrsRffreirfqgisR q I
qrg+qfafiflr
t medrlqmnqqrr
ffi g r&+ qrsfrqlt i\ &q q r
fkrqdsi iq ar{iq st ota. rr
ftaffiqri q qp-qfiqfrtiqq,r
efirgqfut qrqfhnHlilqrd tl
\e
or
qrftr(
u*t trt qr{t;5{qgft! n td tl
ftttEfu qrilqab*gdft{e(tf tq tl
"31
""""-"""
"""""
t]3::,".
"-""".""""9,
a panage from Kaaka
g1r;gfrR?rrtlqt"t{G glr t
g{ft"fuqqti qIqqESqq{ ll 1o ll
Dhanus
Sloka ZO. When the transit ir from
relative is to
to Mesba, the death of a son or other such
When an auspicious planet occupiet
L.
"ppr"t "nded.
when it has
the houre of trangit, there is no risk; but
a malefic planet, there is danger'
to
Stoka 71. When there ig a transit from Kanya
during the
Ketakathe personconcernedbecomesgreat
portion of it, and goesupona happytrip towardo
;;;;;
the north.
sffiilfttrrffi{t{r6{l
dW,ttfq{q|flat4qqr(rrrqdqi( tt 11 ll
ftrwftufr
Adh.xvll
,
in plain Englioh, there is a paEsagfrom Simha towards
Vrishrba through Mithuna,
qrqrit qriqrrr6qrft+gftfu',,
18tl
Sloha 24. When there is a passagefrom Meena to
Vrischika, i. e. in the northern direction, croubledigappearo. When the transit is from Dhanus to Mesha,
the parcageis risky ; disease ancl cleathof a relaticin
may occur.
dr {qfaqnG g{ qEfrqfq\ |
.ir*qrarmr{|
t& hqrqltqrq{rild}qqr{t
qr*m kffit ?gd *,t qutqrqh ffirq rr
Sloha 26. ln the caseof the qr (Chakra) lrlong
ilg to Mesha, Dhanus and Simha, the lor,J of rhe ia
(Deha) is Mars and the lorcl of fia (Jeeva)
is Jupitel.
In the caseof the sa (Chakra) belonqingto Vrishabha,
Kanya and Makara, the lorcJof rhc il fb.hr)
is Saturn
and that of *e (Jeeva) is Mercury. This holda good
for sscqrr ($avya chakra). This is to he
taken in
reverse orcier for the $Tq6q-.t5
(Apasavya chakra).
Comparethe followin, Tr"#1r,
unknown).
astrologicalworl<tna're
sI.26
qrE*sr+rr{:
il (r3{rls
il
** ws* gngva<r&fr*qry,
tt
6]66rqr: e,i iq: ffqr frq qt]=qt r
9T9
980
Adh.xvil.
fiiltFwnqrt
I d{srqr*
gw.* Ua'frtfr
ru: 1frrqf*'u*t'u
*fr*rq' e,i iq, m-qr{q {i rga' 1
fi-q"rrEniisurq.* u*1gffior: rl
Fqr{n:
fiqfiTfre, 5rtra.qili $(: I
frffiqgxr: gae*\ $rrfi dqrtl
ftaq {fbfr ad fi+ ffq gft F}rr:I
unq* .T{' *tq' qq.g-alrr{: gsl: ll
sL q?-30
981
lfFEdsEqrq!
ll
of
Sloha 2'1. ln the 6tTcs(Savyachakra),the lotd
dfa Jeevais Mer'
k (Deha) is Venus and the lord of
to
cury in the caEe of the ?s (Chrkra) belonging
ct
Miitr,tn",'fhula and Kumbha' With resPectto the
by Kataka, Vrischika and Meena' the
iAh;k;;i;ned
iord, of dta lJeeva) and Q6(Deha) are respectively
Jupiterand the Moon.
ifiwqrtrfl{rfttRtrFrfqtt
qffifr
qtoiqu*it a {wt ll qc lt
qtEffi q+rflrqlqruqfrftft t
qgtt{Rtrqqrffiffi
ll 1o lt
qt
Slofta 30, With two malefic planets in the
(Deha)or frq (Jeeva) there will be growing diseae;
with ihree of rhem,there oughtto besuddenor untime
ly death. when all the four are preaent,deathretc in.
982
qmwrfrcril
Adh. XVII.
C{Gafif, a qrqrtsfrirQnI
et+qttisf dnqrn l? rr
Fn{ n tt tl
HrilqrirldTdtEi Enqr;tqtts$crsI
q-c] rq*runftq! il 18 tt
ireilGFqrrfr
wilseqrJ{qn: tfr Rlnqaqar t
gril {Twrrrr*e}
qr{iqf{Tilfrrrtsu l\ tl
{,
qTqstsftih&g{+ gsuffs{r( 1
iE tl
\a
sr. 37-38
gsqqtsqrqt
983
the ?th, Saturn i' the natal star, Rahu in the 9th house,
the Moon in the :th, the Sun in the l2th, Mercury in
the 7th and Vcnus in an inimical hotrse are eaehof
them c{qten;T (Maranastthana) or death occasioners.
When the planetwhicir is ihus cermedTT{orrqH
(Maranastthana)is in conjunctior)with a maleficpla.et or aspect,
ed by one such or occupies an inimical or clepressicrn
houseor ie destitute of strength, the person concerned
comesto grief.
rrtafrqqoq tl
qEt sirft fiiiqrqficiqni
eili{eqflfiqnqiftqwgfr q r
qErftE;gwui
swrf*ilrJ{ lt ls tl
Sl,,ku i7. The Sun, whcrr in ie (Deha) or cft-d
(Jeeva)causcsadversities of various sorts, loss
of
weaitit, disease,
frrVsr, r isk f rom enemies, loss of one.s
placc,biliotrs affcctiorrs,sPlcen,diarrhoca,ct_lrrsumption,
tlisc,r.-*c
of thc ,r.rr,rlg,lsll ol catcle.rrrd l.:inclrerj
and the
loss of brother or cithel Jt-arrclation-
q;fr3qq;Tsna{sqq;qfrrftqRrrqqqqg
R{trcrTqsqq
I
qriig{
( rai*
{gTgoftiiriHdi qggtqngd qftii lt lc tl
':.1,.h
. 38. The Moon leads to association with
one'sown kith and kin culminating in the acquisition
c.i u virgin girl as ;t helpmatc; to healtlr, ornamentt,
luxuri...xrsapparel and respect in the land ; to acts of
984
(ft[ffi{A
Adb. xvil.
Sur6tr6 firilqwrB+(-
geqrtt$Efrq{rqq
Ssftr ll lq fl
Stoha 39. Mars in a bad position, produces
inflammationof the body, diseaseand dread of fire and
robbers,quarrel with kindred, death of a brother or
other dear relation, loss of land and treasure, falling off
in rank, policy leading to war, colic, piles, leprosy,
dangerfrom venomousreptiles and foemen.
MlqrqqkftEqqifr qtaqr ll 8o ll
------v----.
9E5
qislFlr
sL 48-44
- -'----'---'--
qiqrrtfr Aft'{rrlgdqedi
rqriiihrqftquKqarq{ |
drgl orrrgcqwrtilwnti
qrtrrdittftcri q qtqurq ll 81,ll
Stoka 42. Jupiter leadsto the many joys of afflu'
the
ence, eminent rank, coronation in the kingdom,
of a
esteem of kings and similar honors ; blessings
health'
wealth,
family life, ornaments, abundant food,
fame, victory and beneficence'
ftffiwtg*r{qNr{ll
BQlt
the
Stoka 43. Venus secures sexual delight and
societyof{inewomen;thepleasures'ofpictorialart'
precious
fine aiparel, wealth, cattle, vehiclee, gemsand
magni'
,rorr., ; musical concerts'dancing parties,lordly
with
ficence,good fame,great liberality and association
the virtuous.
qHrfftqnrqrqsors{nr{ ualriufrqrftrqtiiinqr{ll 88 ll
Slohtt 44. Saturn brings about quarrels, ;'ir;sical
pain, death,affliction of rclativcs ; dreadof firc' er:*micg
ind ghosts, trouble from venomous reptilcs, Ioss ot
hon&, of wcalth, clf self respect; of wife, o{ children,
of homrcomforts, of agriculture,of trade and of cattle.
LZ4
eE6
ftr6'{rftqt
- *\ \.
Adh.XVII
^ ^
q;gssqF}rqqI
1r{rEasi$nqriTrT
qqqrilrRfrei'
q ilq{tit dTnq 1 B\ tl
Sloka 45. An astrologer may predict
that when
Rahu occupiesia (Deha), the people concerned
suffer
annoyancefrom enemies, see their relations
in trouble,
have to take to a wandering life, are afflicted
with palsy
and have to fear dangerfrom their king.
\i\a
umfiffi{tqrfrruqr+rfcdieaqr
lt {fr iatrmil{ rr
fl eted q!fi'EflT$"cTqll
oETqi[E{tFFrb
iarip'i Tr(g{{qI
dritqyorcr-'qr?ig(il$qrrqftq
|| Bs fl
gqti gli sri srqdqoq;qqr I
ilenTrq{qrg*glTg* gqriqu{ il Bc tl
eqrcgfhdq{tq nqi}qt i
fiomxqrt C TrGrrrli
?q1qaqfr Bq tl
n1tqarfirrirrercqiq
Rqflqtr
sl. 51-53
qgqtfrsrqqr
e87
if<ii.rtrfoq*;g uaw;qiiqdaqI
qlqi gd(rrdiikr.riZqtffiq n \l tl
flqrfi Er{qgi;iq q-dgqrirroqrr{{ |
grrd u.oii ailirTrq*$owqqTn \R ft
Slokt 5l-52. During the a;6q,rrr(Chakradasa) of
the 2nd Rasi may be expected increaseof wealth and
corn, good food, acquisition of children and wives,
lands, cattle, honor by the sovereign, attainment of
knowledge, eloquenceand amusementin good company
When the Rasi in question is auspicious, such gooo
effectas has been said above will follow: it will be
otherwise when the Rasi is malefic.
rdqtTiirqae'qfiqr*qarurr{|
qwfrGqsofiiiq 6ia'f{ ra.iwlqu \Q lt
q88
tnmsrlt{ilRl
Adh.xvtrI.
qurftRlrqqrfr
wgr[qsrqrqft{r
qqqnrikiqfr gqtrfi g,i l\( ll \u ll
S/ofras 53-54. When the qrn{m (Chakradasa)of
the 3rd Rasi ripens, it will be the good fortune of the
person concerned to enjoy much happinesa, to get in
abundancefruits edible and palatable,to display heroisrn,
firmoess and self-control,to be presentedwith ear-rings,
appareland neck-ornaments,to attain to dignity and to
possessfood, drink and other good things of life in
abundance. The astrologeris to announcegood effects
when the Rasi is good.
S1.63-63
n$q*stcrq:
989
6tgarffiqadiqrfu4rgqiqurqll \c ll
sTqili qotorri qta;ErGqqtiqqqt
sqq&qqqift qrtarrd{Worqll \1 i;
t
g,rrrrefwui qaq'rqrfis{qq.
tiqdrd'rr* qrurft qEEgftqll Q" ll
Slotas 58-60. During the ar'"{tr (Chakradasa)o1
the 5th Rasi may be had kingship,honor by the sovereign, acquisition of wives and children, exceeding
,,rf,ility, *ound health, the cherishing of relatives, dispensingof food, acqttirementof fame,jubilee and great
prorp.riry, beneficence,attainmentof wealth, vehicles
*."iing appareland ornlments' The astrologershould
as befoie apportion the effects properly accordingas
they are due to malefic or benefic RTsis and the presence
in them or aspectof them by rnaleficor benefic planets.
He is to add loss of plact:t'r positirln when thc Rasi is
a moveableone.
qtq
airriiiivqqtffiqnari qagqq.ll lt tt
qiageqqug
r?mufiqqi+rq I
qqatffisoxdgffi;gitawr\ ll qRll
q;wi iqrronit ruqOftF{dsrs..
I
qfr
$q{ qo+i qrf}q{ qiTrlt tl Ql tt
firilsqrtqtt
Adh. XVIr.
EgqT(tttisd qEq:dqmrqq t
amr;rrfir;qrr{ig+rqrfifr$Tqn .Qrr
qft r{qqi}avqqrirrEqt$'{qI
qrq{'wq{{rir notq iiiarti,il. l q\etl
S/o&cs66-67. During the arqm (Chakradasa)
of
the 8th Rasi there will be much misery, wasteof wealth,
loss of place,loss of relations.griping pain in the privi_
ties and the stomach, poverty, famine and dange,
fro,
anlenemy. These effects tl-re astrologer may aonounce
sr. 68-72
{r8Eqfrstr[rqr
q. II
griux*orrriui\duaqqqq"tr
I
{isfrqfr{iiuiqqasq?rqfirras.
ginrfi gri qi qrrilrfufiqdq:u qq tl
S/oAas68 69. Whcn the axqnr (Chakradasa)of
the 8th Rasi sets in, good will certainly result-via.
children, friends, wivcs, wealth, agriculture. cattle,
houses,ornaments,:rccomplishmentof good works and
charity ; thc securingo{ aclherentsamongrnenconnectcd with thc gre;rr men in power. All rhis will accrue
when the Rasi is propitious. It u,ill be otherwise
when the Rasi is rnalefic.
i[qqTEtt1516{rGqTi[?q(q?q I
mqtffiqngiliqq;g{Sf qAT.q{qn so ;p
qr{HGi{qrtwi nirgqr isrd{n(r;rqI
t '
C\Q\\
F[qT,OqaIztTiT{IdtrE{aqt ll ul 11
Slofta.s70--71 When the sxEar (Chakradasa)of
the Rasi of the 10rh bhavais in progressand when that
Rasi is propitious, rhe following goodthings may be
predicted by :r, competent astrologer*acquisitionof a
kingdom,honor by a king, qood fame,greacrejoicing in
the society of one's wives, children and relatives,possessionof authority, sound health, pleasarrtrecreaticns
in companywith good people, the fruit of good works
and supremacy.
qaretnrnqlun t
orrritT-({nmft
iqiqaqrnrqqd
oqa tt \eRll
uqrqqtut
fitffiqrftrril
992
Adb.xvn.
xqrqmfr grtq,I
tfigrqrgdrewffi
=inrfttqfiqriirgdi{{dieau_usB tl
sqirrrrsmoai
Efrditi\awact
ErftEit{i*a'i
il {fr qsEttTsCIqll
ili(il(ttr;iilai
wflai q,o{iEir{ |
sr.?7-8r
q(qd$rilt
993
speciallypointed out.
rrfr* qogt<imfqreqrfrtt se ll
ffi
qofisft?tqQifrqrfiftts( ll rgcll
q$sqaqqqtl qrq{rrkftfut t
$c-.ll\eqll
eqlfu\ e q{i {d fu
by a Rasi is of
S/o&as80-81. The effectproduced
125
{rcscrRqre
Adb. xvn.
qffi{Is,i qm iiiuq$T{Eq. n a1 11
Sloha t2. If the lord of the Rasireferredto in the
precedingslokas be in a movaablesign or occupy a
Navamsa owned by ; moveablesign and if the iloqx
(Kalachakra)
be that producedby a moveablesign, the
person concernedwill haveto go to a foreigncountry.
tilqrt
sL 84-gg+
fffis
tlt({ItsrlTr4r
995
qtfth ilETUrt
q*{ftftr r
ufuftn{r.rfri
{rsf\eRn{iifififiiE n c4,tl
qqlGuqrdqqtqi sofirr{ |
qrilTcrRqrt
Adh.xvII
t
can ascertain as pointed out by the Rasis and the
planets in a horoscope according to their strength.
Every body can have such things foretold in respectto
his life in the way that has been pointed out.
sroqfirrft*qriii\m t{qRftr ll cq ll
qrdqrrqdiq g8i,rqqd ffn I
ft{rqdwi;TIrr gnlrlm rriq ll io ll
fkglqqi{ogfi qftl t
ll qR tl
frHqolurqi cq11ftaffiHru;Tq
raguqlRqniq wnsnifiqt{ |
sl. 9r-96
ilrqrtqrrt
997
'fhe
Sloha 94*.
term eqrrfua(Dasachidra),aetrolo,
gers srY, is applied to a period when the dasa of a
mal:fic, eclipsed, depressedor ill-placed planeg is in
progress.
itfrqt itqrrqrfte{tirilihn{f*q t
Sloha 93L. At the time a ccqdrlc?r(Mandukagama,
na) occurs, the death of a revered person or of one'c
parentsmay happen; or there may be danger from
poison, deadly weapons, f ire, fever or incendiary
brigands.
quqsqiq6t s{Hqn{tsq il qq rf
SJoAa 96. If the qqRitrr{n (Mandukagamana)referg
to a Eqs:6(Savyachakra),there will be distress to per-
q|tsqrft-{re
Adh XVII.
ffignqq'q* qqfturqdttq I
qwtwfrfr q diqntr.tqq.;1\u ll
qa it6rqo\* A qgqtsqqfrqq^|
gisfr.rqi qEt q{qt;rrT${q!ll q4 ll
itgqwnlroarilruqHg iil i(! |
ACr\A
having
Sloka 98-93'. ln a fkqradr+'(Simhavaloka)
qElrqis
(Srvya chakra), the evil cropping
reference to a
up will be danger from a quadruped or fire. When
there is a gusmna (Prishtatogamana)in a q64qr (Savya
chakra),there wilI be loss of wealth, grain and cattle,
diseaseor deathoi a fathcr, or thc demise of persons
of equalstanding.
ll \o. ll
r{oRsrrqiqr} qiigarffiqRqqq
ilqcEtqr{ildit qq;gfttriiq{ |
fkrqdrqi qft qraqriitq{itr ll too ll
Slolras99-100. On thc other hand, when the qx
(Chakra) is edqs;r(Apasavya) and thcre is a wq*gii
(Mandukapluthr),it may occasionilln:ss and trouble to
the wife or children of the personconcernedor a severe
fever to himself, or dang.:rfrom a beastor an enemy' or
loss of place. If there b: a f&ar+oirt (Simhavalokana)in
an qqq4s:n(Apacavyachakra). the evil to be dreaded
may be loss of place or the death of the person's father.
sl. 101-104
Q8qdsrqmr
909
rraq?hq?.tl rl
qqlqoIRfrUqffiter11rqf
wr$tcT{(iiqufirurRru|
qr{qrfr{E{rqftq$q{riiqrt'?
qdTrfturigw: rEqiletnilr ft I
"R ff
S/oA,r
tl
t 0 Z . T h e s t a r sA s w i n i , K r i t t i k a , p u n a r v a s u ,
Aslesha,i'l.rsta,Ilevari, Moola. Purvaproshtapada,
Utta_
rashrdaand Swati conf..rrm,
as th.. sagessry, to the firsr
four of the forrnulasfor the quqq* (Savyachakra.
l\erRgwr inofiXl[vr];4qi]1q1u.I
qri?sqfi r?glu t"i tl
{IaiTqtrFetEmqrft
Slohu i0J. The l;rstfour of the formulas for
the
{qr (Savyachakra)appiy in their order to
the four
Padas of the stars c)hirrra, uttarabhadrapadrBharani
-----'
'
P u r v a s h a d haan d P u s h y ; r .
n\
itqqrqorrrRft
drFrdiiurrqt
st(TtrarTer
qtrar qHt qriiqgsqqil toB tl
Adh.xvu
rcrqrfurr
1000
qqt ll
Anuradha'Jyesh'
Sloha 105. ThestarsSathabishak,
ta, Mrigagira,Sravistha,Uttara phalguni,Purvaphalguni
and Ardra conform to the last four formulasfor the
qrrs.{!:E ( A pasavYachakra)'
I qq
(|6qq$q|itqtlit
ll
frttrrfrqlilet\qt ll t ll iafiIfiq*grqr ll q ll
q+ruftqFrqsq.ll1 ll qFrtqet qftq{rq. ll I ll
q ll E ll
tq{qrrtnqrq.ll \ ll $ilffiqtff
tt
qihqrrsftq ll t ll murgffimr ll R ll
qfr{Tfkrwmtq.tt 1 tt *frttlihrtqrqa ll I ll
rgffift(tftiliq tt q tt firugwer{rtr ll q ll
ll d ll
u s ll ffiilf;Ift{r
.r\qt{rffi8i
Norrs.
to their
Astrologersare divided into two schools according
that
each
explain
class
One
manner of applying these formulas'
gives
type
and
a particular
formula applies to a nakshatra'pada of
the entire life reprecomp:sing
the order of the Rasi-mahaclasas
portions of
subsidiary
the
that
and
sented by the nakshatra'pada
in
formula.
the
mentioned
Rasis
*"t, R."i.*ahadasa belong to the
that each formula is
The aslyologersof the other class say
owning the corres'
Rasi
of tbe
concerned only with the mahadasa
pondingnakshatra.pada(1..e._towhichtheformulahasreference
rule indicate the order and the
and the letters in the mnemonic
periods of the mahadasain
subsidiary
the
of
iroportion"te lengths
such Rasi-malradasas
qourtion i and that a life consists of several
of
the nakshatra-padas'
order
fottowing oue another in the natural
sl. 105
ss{ftmt
1001
(+) q-g,jr
%l!
years; (6)gdqgn
g x 16
1 6x l 0
y e a r s ; (/ _
/ /r {_q- l_$-t_T. _ - U , - y c a r s ; ( 8 ) g o r g * t 6 x 1 0
83
-years ; and (9) lie*r,$',1t{f
Sinrilarly
for
the
other dasas.
,."rr.
Thc secondschool will nraintain that the initial mab.adasa
of
the horoscope under reference is that of Eotgm out of whicb
rio'f.5
tffi
726
Adh.xvil.
rRfrffi
1002
years of fk{+fin
,fitc{ T# years;(2)}q-s-q
ffi
be (l)
,"orr' (3)Ec,rgs
fffr""r.,
qxs
2 11 5
, - , _+etqq
_ - - -100
^5x5
(6)
(5) kfia=1jj
(a) lqgq-g{
r"tts;
v"".r;
ffi
^
faffiOs
7x5
v""rr. The astrologers of Southern India belong
fj
to this latter class.
r'iry< in his qoPiil\+t refers to both the schools in the two
following slokas :
eeGlnnlalfi qrqtql{qTftql;rrafiqR'ilft|
tqi atftq q{tTqrp'ql qrr{tfirisrFqft *fiqrg: 11
There are a number of formulas each composed of a number
of moemonic syllables referring to the several nakshatra'padas
beginningwith the lst pada of Aswini and giving Rasis in a certain order. It is with referenceto the order of Rasis in these
formulas that the Rasi-rnahadasasof which a life is to consi:;t
should be determined. The qFFImq(Vakva Krama), nten t'f t'rnt'
school say, should be adhered to.
qq{aqp.,sqsdtggptr
Kl q{r arqfiq{qt;ttI
faqratqif'q'{ qdqlg{lql:ll
Liluqrq*qqilsa
$dit{t{rql
ffiii*-irs{I6qq i I
rrrftqiqTtYfr{{q ll I oQll
wtEiqtTrrrE6(r
lords.
st 10?-109
a(qdsrqrq:
r003
il sr'(zrifiq. tl
<qt q{Fq{goqiwtgrteqqr *( |
oeqqril&ntqr q{fl{Ftri{*rr ( os !l
Sloha 107. The period of antardasaof a planet in a
rrtrfirr (Mahadasa)is found out by multiplying the iatter
by the number of yearsassignedto the planetand dividing the product by the number of years constituting
the entire Ayus cf the Chakra. The result will consist
of years,monttrs,days &c.
Co
Qa
I004
Adh.xvlr.
acnfiil*
qfrqrhqR{&fuil}( nt t ttl
Mgorrf <r'nirEr
G *mqasqqrtqilqffiil
wffiqrffi
wciilss{nqf ll
Slofta 111. When the pakaof a planetin the dasa,
antardasa,etc. of another planet ir required, multipty
the number representing the years of the mahadalaof
tlp former into the figure denoting the yearst months,
days etc. of the latter and divide the product by the
fixed number oi years for the maximum Ayus. The
guotient *ilt b" the paka required This rule is to be
applied in the caee of el'ery paka that has to be found
ouc.
Thus ends &c.
:
sqTq
cTRr[rTrft
ilresEIE{ir
u q{Faturtqrq,ll
AdhyaYa
XVIII.
T{rurtqorigiliorq{il f{{FIs ll t lt
qrRw;E$wrgdnlqFrrit Sfdflcns'l
wqlksruu-dr
r000
rrtt$qnwrTil
AdtL XVIIL
ffiru fraqqtilewqfr-qtililrGqm,flffi"qts
tt l tl
qft{iqfrfqs{rEgeqfr;afqqn
q{q+flan r t
ffi<rfrrqitqdlq{qrrrr ercqf+9fr$fiqqilr!
|
qrqtagdqrenTFqqr
nfrrsilqoqqrtEfisilf n \ tr
Sloku 5. But planetsproduce evil when ( l) they
own the Rasi occupiedbv Mandi; (2) they occupythe
bhavagcontainingMandi; (3) they are asgociated
with
(a)
dots
the
average
er
benefic
they
fewer than
numt of
;
are in inimical, depressedor eclipsedsigns ; (5) they are
in a rrrEsFt (bhava sandhi) or associated with malefic
planets; and lastly when they occupl' portions of Rasi,
Sandhi (which have been termedinauspicioua).
NorE..
For the ternr {l{HFq (bhava-sendhi), see Sripatipaddhati,
rtEtqdsqtqr
sl. 6-8
1007
Adhyaya I, Sloka 8.
'Ihe
Moon produces beneficial effects
Slctho T.
when in the houseo[ a friend of the lord of the dasaI
or in the exaltation hou.se of the lattcr or in the ?th
'frikona
houseor in any one of the scec (Upahouae,a
chaya) houseswith referenceto the qtttanr(Daeanathha).
(atde inf ra, sloka 14.)
miliii :t{Ftt
aqfasf?iuqd
dsrqaftuqtemiNql ll c ll
Sloka 8. In the favorable positions mentioned
tu the previous sloka, the Rasi occupiedby the Moon
1008
urdqr{rltni
Adh.xylr,
*"ld
r-r.*t,
Wealth, etc.,at the time of birth. Thc Moon in one
gf these favorablepositions promotes prosperity in
respectto the bhava representedby the Rasi oCcupied.
In the unfavourable
positions,the bhavarepresented
by
the Rasi(occupiedby the Moon) suffersdamage.
qrn{+tquG{ORqqdlqrrogilqt{i)r r
m;qfu'gGgqrgqr{fu q*smqrffiR tf q tl
Sloha 9. What has been described by the ancients such as srrickr (Varahamihira) as the effect of
the Moon being in his own house or thar of other planets should be mentioned in this connection. For it is
the Moon that producesgood and evil to be experienced
in the form cf mental srareo(pleasureand pain).
w& g rQerrQ
sorft qil sdr i{ qMiqt
tl
orgrqqlsdl*t
sl. 12
1009
ptanetary influence
of a mixed kind. In alt casesthe
rhould thus be interPreted'
ft* r
{qldtqfiofqaqsfit q*{R;ar
\ \\
qrqilqlqtqq
rdllysuppletrterrlcdbytirecllectsductrrcltlrcrconsideraliorr
functionirrg as
well , of the planet, viz., its influencedue to its
1Z?
1010
Etilulrft{ft
Adh.xvtn.
glrrfi"oE
Etrrqtarciql;tRKrrr
qsqqqi?$ct drrenuqiqri
qr
qiqanoiiqirn*tadq|d
qfturqiisoTik!qsR;ffql,ir rr tl tr
.S/oAal:l l)urinq thc auspiciousdasa perioclof a
pla'rt, rnen'sirrncr soul assuures
a beneficcharacteraud
l c a C st h e m t o a r r a i n m u c h h a p p i n e sas n d w e a l t h R y
meansof tlre effc:ts clescribed al-ro'e for the several
dasaperiods,one can casily conjecturcthe tide of er,,ence
a man may ha're at any particuiar period as a result of
the effectsof the d;rsaruling at the time. Where pla
nets are void of strengrh,the effects though sttenu;ted
makethemselvcsfelt at leasrin drcamy reveries.
101I
s(Efq$lst{tcf
sl. 14
Norrs,
the irnet sotil
Should the dase perioclof anl' planet lre bad'
and nrisery aod loss ot
ossunlesa ruaiellc character fol tlie tiure
wealthwill be the result'
qrfiErrftfrffii WR rI Etstl-drstft qr
iger
itt'rqJqqqflnjEqci qtmEte{
qldls;q$ lltBll
qrqfi
qqr isuiiqnia gti
a planet
Sl,,,ftrli'l' When the lorcl of a dasa' or
the dasa;
f riendly to the sameis in the Lagna'initiating
of the
lord
.rrrqu of this Lagnais owned by the
*i.n
"
Lagna afore'
dasas; when a benefic pi.,t"t oc:upies the
in an srae (Upa'
aaid: or when th: lorcl .of a dasa is
lth) with respect
chaya)position, viz', (ird' l)th' 6th' l
prlve pros'
,o ttt. Lagna; the dasa in question will
rfurt.n the Rasi occupiedbv the M;on happenc
;;;..
of the daga'or a
to b" the exaltation sign o[ thc lord
or th3 ?th
friendly house, an Ufachaya, a Trikona'
dasa' the effects
housewith respect to the lord of the
different' the
wiil be h"ppy. If the Moon's plac: he
effectswill be lar from haPPY'
N()Ttr,5.
C/' slolias 6 and 7 suqrL('
Also c/. ir.trt+qtq
ql{i'l;{ I
q..,nq
: fr rr{iqta{r';.
ft qdlqfi drotqqq
galqnen;rnitqqft fiouq-qqrfiflqntqt{lt
qo-.liGqt
t
d*e g* gAdnrq feq4t'iorqfauurrdg
L0t2
lrrde'ttRllle
Adh.XVIII
qqrqrilrsr rTrTrqTfh
qFE:{Jrrtfiqisrqqr ta.flteqrr
l . S o n r ci n t c r p r r : it t a s r e f e r r i n gt o t l r e I _ n g u l ( i n a n n t i v i t ] , )
al birth.
2. That is when tlre lord ot the dasa is the owner of tbe
Lagua Rasi, Lagna l{ora, I-agna I)ecanate, I-agna Navamsa,L:rgua f)wadasamsaror Lagua Trirrrsarusa.
gif er q.lsVrniri:fq 4t ,- rnn}. also he Interp.eterl thus :
" O r i f a i r i c u d l l ' p l a n e t . r a b e r e . f i r :. ' e h e i r r t h c V a r g e o f t h e .
lord of tbe dasa," or " rf the lord of the rl:rsabe in the Varga of a,
friendly or bene6c planet."
oslRsrJdrqstlEl C* gEtitqqr
q|*ril gqftrfieqgililIsumi grq. I
** ErqR *urrrsftgqqrqrqriHqgrqils
qqTqril
nlqdi fiorrqirar,drqg{qeq:r
aqngEWt nsrit qarflqaAqiidE
dq u
d{e
gqlqwdqn:
nn}sedisg,rgft
gi a)t{qqrfr}Rqqil qqcqq,iqaJ:I
Sl. 16-18
r0l3
iirgrE{llstlrq:
{;ir{itsfqfcax,iroi<gri gqfafartnrft
rar g.ra' qflwqr an4oiuisoq.tt
g{ qr t
{frr4rr:ir{rrfniinrqdqlqqtdrfisflfr S{lq I
g:rqii.iariinr* rioq{ tt
flqi1ft:srErTqr{ra(
rTtTqn;E(terE(tnsKrgluil
t|r(
qrnffiiler frqor qRflqfi-e t
$'AA
iqqqiurqiiru Errrrrft
Adh. XVIII.
crdscrfrent
1014
S/ota 18. The dasaof a planecwiil be very auspicious wh':n it is in conjunction with a beneficpianet.
If it be in.conjunctionrvith e nraleficone,its dasr.when
ripening will be berrenof cifecr. If thc plarrctconcern'
ed be asscciatedwith one of rnixed nature ar:d be
will ba
neither weak nor strong, ite dasa and apair;rr.r
characterized
by effectsof mixed nature.
qqEteq E{tqERiTqt$fAqruitungnd,
I
qiltrAq{Rrqqrh fiqdgfi{inopi{r{{ |
qisdsqqtrni[ifirA
nqirfrrt rq-qi]a{T<tsil Ro tl
C
Caa..
Slohu2A. f)ririn,-1
thr: ilasaof a planet lssocirted
w i t h a h o s t i l eo n e ,e n , 3 m i ewsi l l m u l r i p l y a n da l l u n d c r ,
t a k i n g sw i l l l a i l . O f r v h l t e v c r b u s i n c s so r c o n c e r na
planetis a karaka(promotcrl,tliat concern r,vrllsucceed.
as the wise say, dtrring th: d;rsr o{ thrt i-''irnet.
{g^
'
'.
Ca
sL22-23
aH{rrsqtqr
1016
;,
tqdqflq
qrfiqtetEantqatI
qfr eq}qqiitititqir
qd'{r{rE{rrnrt
*qrq E{K{r{qi qilffiffi{
lt Rl ll
{Tiqlitlraqffi
uit,{qi qnnuriqrqi
wqqlfr{q{qqrfirr$fr( W wq.I
r016
rntqrltqrt
Adh. XVIIL
Cldfqwnr
tizr qrfi{r su4 qh I
flil* *qfrqqrrstrEln Rutl
Efrqqss
miq uinqscrtqqf+'lfts-sqsqqligr+ir; ll
itqmqilrufuwtrqrsqifiqtn rrr\ tl
Sloha 25. The dasa of the lord of the 6th bhava
may leadto waiiing and lamentation. During the paka
or the apaharaof thc lord of the [Jth bhava, dcath may
set in. When the dasaor apahara of thc lord of tlrc
?th bhava is in proqress, a near relative may be lost.
Without overlooking the above, the astrologer may
predict prosperity in general during the apaharaor
bhukti of planerspresiding ove: the asterisms termed
raq (Sampat), trr'** f Sadhaka),'iia ( Ma i rra),ntnie (Parama
maitra)and hrl (Kshcma).
sr. 26-2?
qg|qft$qfrt
1017
NorBs.
The terrr.rsn;q, ;6q and orltTtdhave been explained already in
Atlhyaya 9, slokas 78-80. The nine stats counted from any one of
t h e a b o v e t h r e e a r e t e r m e d r e s p e c t i v e l y( t ) i l q ( z ) t ' { t ( l ) R q q
qTe;rq
I
ntt firfbqsffi1ffr gilqq
rnqtfit"ilRfr
airrrrgfi rr]+frqqqqr
qrRaiisqq tflqrit -qrqlaqfli?q. ll
f*qoelort{itq qrqfusftg{or t
il{{rqi ufr iiraq drrfrqii qlqr( ll lq ll
'When,
ilitfusdffifisq{t
ii{mrqqilfitarftn {itlsoxil ll 1\ell
Sloha27. When the dastof a planeto;' .'t,"rrga
t{ia{ lRiksba,Sandhi)is in progreEs,a pergLr'"may
be afflictedwith sorrow and diseare. Wben a planet
no further than the 30th desreeof a Rasi,
has progreseed
its daeamay producedeath.
128
1018
crtrsqtltfrt
Adh.XVIII
ffiqsrildi,{ruritqr$tqTfidr i};gq[.u{gfir I
qrd xnii*uq$fr;e'r nq,o.
ffiiqr* qRrrrartcurat
Sloka 79. When any one of the sever,ribhav;rs
s u c ha s t l r e L a g n ai s t h e s u b j e c tc i i n q u i r y ,a n d r v h e n a
p l a n e te x c e e d i n g l -irn' i m i c a l t o t h e l o r d o f t h e b h a v a
. o c c u p i e sa h o u s ev o i d o f b e n e f i c
u n d e rc o n s i d e r a t i o n
d o t s ,t h e a s t r o i o g e rr,e i v i n g u p o n t h e u n a n i m o u sd e c l a ration of eminent sages:may announce that the bhava
i n q u e s t i o nw i l l s u f f e ra n n i h i l a t i o nd u r i n q r h e r i p e n i n g
o f t h e d a s ao f t h e i n i m i c a lp l a n et r e f e r r e ct io ,
qftmrftirqqqr
wqterrrqilqnrrEfiir
\o
m*qqqqnq'{Rwtgrd faerru{qI
rrrnrqa
erdr;qwqqgqEqcilr
iq q{
n{ f}ih}iqiq rrQotl
tsrmmqqdfieqqqir
S i o h a 3 0 " T h e d a s ap e r i o d o f a p l a n e t o w n i n g a
flqrtrlFr(Eadhasthana)
as well as of rhe one associated
t h e r e w i t hl e a d st o d i s e a s ed, i s t r e s sa n d o t h e r s u c he v i l s .
During the dasaand apaharaof a planet occupyinga
Kendra from the srweilq (Badhasthana),sorrow and
tcreign travel wiii crop up. lf two planetsoccupy the
sl.3l
slgTq{tsrqr{rt
1019
'*
q* q1ffiq{ril }T4frqEq{irElqf}qrft+r*
TtTt(|
wqr{rqnuCx+arqgrqritqiiqd}qcl
{rq{ii.i ftqft gfq( gkn"q}qqffitll (tt
I11tll
{r;ffiqriirqsiqqfrqqrfaqiiiiieU.ura}it
Si'',,trz31. if the planet ripening the fortune of a
personat any time be the one termed{te (Deeptha)(ttide
Adh, 2, slokas ltj 13), he will becomea king rvith an
abundanceof wealch, fame, prtronageand iearning to
makehim happy ; if a stul (Swasch,r),he rviil hrve
eecuredto irim the beneficsof old traditions, religious
the hearing of pious homilies, exceeding
observancesn
comfort, health and wealth ; if a g,ia (M'rdicha), its
gifts co lrim rvill be in the form of royal favour, pow
and worldiy happtncss; if a ttta (S.rntha),the effe
r0n
arrdsqrftfrrt
Adh.XVIII.
prosperity,
will be exemption
from ailments,happiness,
the goodwill of the rulersand a spirit of errterprise.
ffiftilt$qqgil{itr
{tGaqrr({r I
ftoeeildrrilqdnut*;grqrqtg q& r
qurftsftEr[rriur d g,i iTrsgqqEtql!n QQtl
S l o f r a 3 3 . N o t e d o w n t h e s ef o u r s t a r s : v i r . ( l )
the cne occupied by the Lagna; (2) that occupied by
the Moon ; (3) that indicatedby the name of the perEon
concerned: and (4) that occupiedby the Moon at the
time of the query. Ascertain which of theseis Etrongest.
Starting with the dasa of the lord of this predominant
star and following the order of the aakehatra dasas,
sL 34-35
sTgrErirsIqtq:
l02L
tqt;qErcqtqil |
tlTtElqr;K{rrsqdi;sqHil
wqt iq qilEtrtattqi {igqEl $rta$It
i*qqqed{ilqd}et ll 1\ ll
areqrircrnqq'Ti
rc?2
qRf|FTTTGilil
Adh. XVIII.
will happenat the closeof the 3rd, the ?th and the 5th
dasarespe:tively.
cf , sil{rd
sreqrgilqqrae
firqr} qft e{( r
Erf,qqEqt q]t q,g,}A efidit rt
,iiqtg.iiqqrdTni
qqrT0 sftdit r
n frqfurd{Tr
rr
qraisfa
iEtqrii$"rqqanrRiiqiq({rqse"rTr
I
qqrr
artwrgqrqjqanr
fisutrrsr;qrq
{qt
n lE il
S l o h o 3 6 . I f t h e b i r t h o f a p e r s o nb e d u r i n g
day
time, his exit from the rvorld is to ba thus derermined;
Add tlrc figures for the Sun and Srrurn, and find our
t h e a s t e r i s ma i ' r dt h e p o r t i o n r i r er eo f i n d i c a t c db y t h i s
totai. In the crq{rr(mahaJasa)of this asierism, frnd
out which period correspcndsto the particuiar portio'
of the star already found. Ihe deach of the person
c r : n c e r n ew
d i l l o c c u ra t t h i s p o i n r o f t i m e . i f r h e b i r t h
be during night, add the f iguresfor cheMoon and Rahu
;
ascertainas beforethe particularperiod of the mahadasa
c o r r e s p o n d i ntgo t h e p o r t i o n o f r h e a s t e r i s mi n d i c a t e d
by the total, This will give rhe rime of itr?or(Niryanaj.
u Sib*qrrrrr
rrslifir-rEqtird
uamrtq q(gqil il Qetl
Sio,trl il?. Ascertain the asterism occupied by
Mandi at the time of a p.r-qon'sbirth. The drsa of
Gulika is reckoned from this srar. The lords of the
R a s i a n d t h e N a v a m s a o c c r r p i : d b y G u j i k aa s w c l l a s
sl. 38
agr{frsqrqr
1023
t h e p l a n e ti n c o n j u n c t i o n ( / i / c r n l l v c o ' o p 3 r a t i n gw) i t h
plan':tsin tir: horos:one.
the Upagrahaare death-dealing
R T[sqil ll
iiirrrRrg* q ilqrir inttflf {Eilf I
irrsrRrii*ud Tfl q{ii lrr Errrll lc ll
| | iqilsnsi
ft a'qreqriqqE{Isqldng
q'fag*qE{I(* q;rufr
, : 1 ; E { o f t h e s c c c n c lh a l f i s d l ( ' T g f i q g { q l { ? l i R l d i l t
'I'he
word rir'1er is brought in fronr
i{l q(l qrfr ott 6g{r ll
The
qe{t-{t
1024
qrdEqrft{ril
Adh.xvrn.
the preceding sloka. {,oqi (Soolarksha) is the 8th Rasi from the
place occupiedby the I{aral<a or its 7th, whichever of them is
found to be stronger. flWi
meansthe {Loli and its triangular
signs.
Soola dasasare helpful to {ind the if,ch (Niryana) of auy particular relative signilied by tbe liaraka under consideration.
ilffirffifuilUtGS dtg
frqiFqissqsEgtsfu
qrsfrs{ n lq tl
dtqrftwqgetg
ll TlarE{rfhtqrtl
qr Seliild{qaf {d eqi\QqroJ{*iir
qgrqt'isqtqt
sl. 40-42
1026
\\
n.
^\
tAeo
uerqr-atfurr
qrfrftorUuirqfi aqurqt
qililqERwri
rgrriutrnqt
fitqf,i Tq{rqilwi.Rruri
*.qq ftqqftfti rr{d}( tt;itsu Bt tl
Sloha 41. If a malefic planer occupy the Lagna,
aotrologerssay thrt during the progrcst of its dasa,there
will be much distress and disease,loss of wealth,and
risk from rulers and foes, when the apaharabelongeto
a maleficplanet. The effeccwill be wholly mixed in
the apaharaof a benefic planet.
q{ qqFe affiffir{FTqn Bq tt
1'z9
l0t6
Cltr'tqrfufr
Adb.xvilL
a d'uqr ll 81 ll
qnr?iiilrifrqaiailuriqrnstii\xiqriqifr nsqtt
S/ola .15. When a malefic planet occupies the
2nd bhava,the person concernedwill have to suffer
during the antardasaof that planet througlr the ill-will
of the ruler of tl're land, lossof honor, loss cf wealth,
i m p r i e o n m e n ti ,o s s o f h i g h s t r t u s a m o n gm e n ,a r t dm a y
incur the hatredof his friends.
sl. 47.-4s
qgrqli$|lrql
10s7
gft*urn+rihqqsuriqqnrrtitrt{t}TriludI
nrr ot x qainrurirriihi{Rqa*iiirq;ll 8e ll
Sloka 47. Dtrring the dasa of the lord (when
maiefic)of the 3rd bhava and in the bhukti of Saturn
Mars, Rahu Ketu or the Sun an astrologermay gene'
rally predict lossof brorhersand sisters,or, at all events,
a m i s u n d e r s t a n d i nwgi t h t h e m .
qHrqElw[ttgaufttwq
qr* lfloqqiqsgdrffi${sI
dt qiqarwri gaftnorrrgritaq;gutom{iltsi{iqqll 8\ ll
S t o k a 4 q . I n t h e d a s ro f t l t : l , r r d o f t h c 5 t h b h a v a ,
when a mal<:ficplanet has its ap;tirara,astrologerssay
frcm the sove'
there wili bc danger to be apprehende<l
llut
dirrirg
the apehera
ili.
rcigr.r,or a dc:rrson mav fail
o[ a bencfrrplanet, there will be accesgionof wealth
kind attentions {rom the rulers and kinsani c.hilttren,
men and the attainins of what is wished tor.
qr|Fcrftlre
1028
Adh.XVIII.
qD{qmrqig glmui
g$'r tnqo{{ 6q(i I t}rq t
qr* qoeurqtqrqorqili
GqqrftElrrnt
ftgrrdqmrrtrtturi
wffirfiihrwc{ qnr;gidEr{tq I
qft qM{qtq
rrwiiqnjRqqfqfi
frqonfdq ftd{qq.n \t tl
ud qrqfrrTintrr
Sloho 51. During the dasaof the lord of the 8th
bhavaand in the apaharaof a malefic planet, rhe astro,
loger may prerJictrisk from foes, loss of life, of wealth,
of fame, rambling about or ejection from a placeof
honor. Durins the bhukti of a malefic planet in the
dasaof the lord of the gth bhava,the evil cropping up
may be deathoF parents,accrualof iniquitieE,imprison,
ment and waste of wealth.
rilrw norzuTrseqt
ud qqrqd\ai
{sr$ qqi{giigq{ililfi' a i{w+q I
q;cnr*qufiuUifisqi
oritrqrt grci
rqdtqfiil{ri
sI.52-55
engrqfrstqrq!
1029
ll \8 ll
qrqfrattqlqsru 6g Efifrow?ofrtg
Slokrt.t';4. During th" d".i and bhukti of planets
which occupy the 6th or the 8th placefrom each other,
men suffer loss of place or lose of life. During the dasa
and antara of two weak planetsoccupying the samebha'
va, the death of the person concerned may be preCicted.
src*R{rr<tqnrriI
qrqi mq sttffiqrri{6qit a tmt ll \\ ll
Stohu llt. When the drsa of a maleficplanet is in
progress,and the antardasaof a planet likewise malefic
1030
GUTMITi
A,Jh XVIIL
tahodrc.
ilflftrril! qHIstrffitfumr
ffitqr*gfirffqEnqt fr.t+( tt \q tt
Sloka 56. If malefic planetsoccupy a malefic Rasi
and be asaociatedwith or aspected by inimical planets,
thc dcath of the person concerned will happenduring
the daEaof such malefic planets.
SilRffr{qgrral Errq{Qr
qrflitri qoq{ilffiqrfiqQ I
s"rs{ sqoflqfEqqtrqf
rtTiiliftTn{Tqi
uurrgnql: tt \d ll
S/ofta 58. It is at the outset of thc dasaof a male,
fic planetthat the effect of its being in its exaltationor
other varga will appear. Tts influence over the bhava
and the iike that it presides o rer will be felt in the
piddle of the dasa; while the aspectupon it bearsf ruit
towards the conclusion. This holds good, say the
astrologers,in the caseo[ all malelic planets.
st.59-60
wrqft$sfrt
1031
ll {Rqffi({rrwilq'6ut tl
il eTeTr;a{{tt(5olfr
tl
srrrd(frrnrrrt*dqnTeil+fqqd-d-qgsqrdrwirpNitFtsI
wtrq{rtrrs*(mfrFr}
Uefrkufrr tr Q"tl
Wwaftqnqil
qriitrnqi fRfi?rrqin)qie*,flfragn;tqrqrtt
qaflEqvftaqqaqiwqdrsftq
Frrrrrr:tlT( tt
q=xilirqft
sflrRf{fiar qri'}q*: svq,tRf{iqrqr
qrr(r6qfffi
ft32
Adb. XVIII.
qiorq fioarll
fqwra+qlftrfnriri'erqqeqeeq
qSidrgarq-ffigfna f'1ontt
"qqa E=dtqtqaqtrtr
Zqrflrq}rfQaq-geii;enraiiql {{: rf,fo:F{t( tl
EttIE{ttr(Iqmrtinatr{iqqrq}t
qsetdilgitrd iEarqret{rrqru Et ll
ar-iltumsridrr
il {Frq{rFTi
kwqrfurwi$irniRfirwrr
Ri{qqdqrriqdira.ii d u qRtl
qqq iqr{sqtr t
qrgfrTq+rri
qlugfuirRr{ar,i
qrii q;tqarFiti
n qq tl
SloAr:63. When the N4oonhas its bhukti during
t h c p r c g r e s eo f t h e S r r n ' sd a s aa. p e r s o nw i l l h a v ea c c e s ,
sr. 64-66
qgrqfrsqlrrr'
ftgq{q}6qH{{T+E?Frrr:ofqf*,qrrJ(firutUegrfr:t
q{qrfqeqfA(frr&qTq'ft
{{ft qqrErft qe}qqrQi: tl
A.lso ;itil+F{tsl
rt
(ctsraii{qrftnq+{ gqrft{ |
H.nftdqrt gi qrgcqrrditr qB tl
Sloka 64. When Mars has its apaharain the Sun'g
daoa,an astrologermay foretell to the perEon concerned
acquieitionof wealth in the form of gems and gold,
royal favor leadingto prosperity,contrraction
and tranomission of bilious and allied diseaaes.
c/. qo{r?t-.{,r
eoiiqq'egeaX*tfYcrr
qlrrq:qqfirr{te.r
qtllii qqft qq ua;gfidaruq] qrft aqr&q.trtq
rr
Also qTildl+l1''ri
qwoTfiRqq q fiqi r
eqqT+oqlag?ti
qgo +qftataqqrrqi
gfiwogea:fto qra{ lr
GTs6t.gqr{ ffg{qlftf|gi{ I
qEGgtiua\grdqtwtits..r* lf q\ tl
Sloka 65, Pang of death prematurely settiog in,
130
1034
rtnuqtftnt
Adb.xvlll
Rw,il qqEftilqlfrq)
ftqrqq fevvFiqrn'ga:I
firilerintq*wfq
tl
tRnt.{a}qaERrd{rg{:rt
T{{s{ sdGd NqilqurTiliqI
ftsqfqTwaifrftr.illi gt rt QQtt
Sloka 66. What is all.worthy-wealth got through
a wortby con, honor to Gods and Brahmanas,virtuous
actr, good traditional observanc$, good society and
good conversation will distinguish the antardasaof
Jupiter during the Sun's mahadaea.
Cy.
nce{f1Q61
t
ftgnqtfifiqqqrftr;qtgri-iqSagw;gxaaq
qqfdq qrqitTrf,r
arqsTfr
liri qil sflnfr'ftct{{tq. tt
A,lso qirq.lrrtq
r{qri{qrod alagftrt}wq t
ilqd1lTqnffr
fi{ril,fit sit 1sQutl
Sloha 67. During the bhukti of Saturntn the Sun'g
dasa,a person ahould be prepared for hostility from
every one, want of energy, an ignoble calling, mental
worty, and liability to rick from the rulers or tbieves.
c/. sodR{,r
sl. 68-?0
1036
rUrqrlsrwrr
a lso qrfr{l{ol
qR[ I
a1nft1frrfr,ftfiei' {0-qqnrcnlTqnqq:
r;gfrcrwiqrd(rts( q{wrqI
iti*gt*qqrirfr{tw{e gt tt qall
S/ota 68. Trouble from relatives' mental dittreao,
depressionof epirits, wasteof money and slight comfort
are what may be expected in the apaharaof Mercury
during the progressof the Sun'sdasa.
c/, qodft+t
firrdi qs{{frq{tsn{|
fiqfEtrftedg5'edrqdr
qqnqrf}'it, Uo qifa Gqqrdqr'{tt
r-{rq{qfqqqil
Also nmEn{WI
fiafitr<gRat$, qlqn'\etfifteaqit r
qq'q{rqTfiilrsqa fi*' gt '{Tgqaiqqfi tt
Er t
qfirorrgqrgJfi
{+c<{t rq} il Eqrl
mental anguioh,ophth,
SloAe 69. Throat-disease,
almia or prematurc death may be expected in Ketu'e
bhukti in the Sun's mahadrsa'
c/. woailit+,r
qFgfil{. I
uFqq: da5gr{fiqfr frq}tq qnRrur
qorqrfrqnqni
I
Sdisrrfr\{urq.
AFdqrE$riiittrc<.tt q,fr ll so 11
l086
ilrTrrliqrl
Adh.XVIII.
ftrilur wtgErftqtsq
r
a{iR,qrrJ(qaqFqfi"gfrq.
gofr*rgr+qdtq
tfilt ui|: gh q{fi rtrqr;inq tl
Also sFffitrltol
dt ffqqEi'qrqq
ilfodtsqEri}rq
grdtftcfllq;gq{utE nltf\qqq{ t
dtq WwhrqaTq dr qrt Wrof\{
Slaha. 72. During the progressof the Sun,emahadaraoccupyingthe deprcssionNavamgain its exaltation
house,a person has to apprehend ill,fam:, danger,the
deathof a eon, a wife or somepaternalrelationand loss
of property in connection with agriculture and other
purruits. But in the dasaof the sameplanetoccupying
the exaltation Navamsa in the depressionhouse, the
perBonconcernedwill attain regalprosperity,happiness,
though towards the end thereof there day occur loss of
wealth or his own demige,
sl. 73-74
srErEtilsr{rrq:
1037
q;1tqfriliilRqmwrqqnqi
qqit qoiitt qniu qret.fill sl ll
Stoht 73. f)uring th..: progress of the Moon's
a personwill have accessto sacredprayers,
maha<lasa,
ecripture and Brahmanas; he will exerl fascin'rtionover
young females, and secure to himseli women, wealth
and lands; he will have a profusionof flowers, cloths,
ornaments, perfumes and various valuable objects of
enjoyment; but if therebe anything to checkthe Moon's
strength,the effecton the personconcernedwill be that
he will be poor and suffer from wind'disease'
NorIis.
The reading in q.odftqt is slightlv diflerent viz'',
"
firfinflqarqtq_riqfai\{f-
ffirfrn{aqfrdtqq*eftk'r
f18:
SUITEH4TqITFqNIqT{fl
il eTqqqqilqFFiTt{rrsorfr ll
qgEqrttfuR
Rqrd.ft(ilao*n{{fr{qd
lleBll
quaii{'i A EdrFaHqfi
daftq\qri\orri
1033
rltrTqnGlld
Adh. XVIII.
dqqtftKqeig+rrra)
{gitaqnqtrrritrraqt
ngReseqsalgdqi qni firrft dla{tf}* rr
q.,a{i/Q-q;t
fia{f,eftitqqlQq:bng,efiu*tflea{t
fqaflafidA'iiiOiqrlaiiftfirilFctrrt ll
Also fld{,It{tut
q;gft q I
+)rrdritofrwfiiq i'fipft F{T;rd:
gntcflei rrqfr*rfifi ,iqlqeqlftoliprqr+
rI
iigfrurrn( bd ffg;Tltiqiqq{ |
r f*kgflsllt nf,rq;nq{F(t ll uQ 11
Siola 76. During the antara of Rahu in the
a personhasto suffer distresson ac'
Moon's mahadasa,
count cf riskg frcm foes and dangerousdiseases,loss of
relativer and waste of wealth ; he has no easein fact.
?ill:1"'""
-""" ""-*5ly: ""","","",___'
c/. m-oetft*r
qrnrmfiqqrftrrqh
fta')qRgtfrq-ga{
r
qaqiqqfta=qii{qaodris{iilrhsa*rt
qrnrRfr?{qrEtft
EtttwoTwqEs
I
itqneafirfrqarqatrqfqqq*$ gn] rt
srfrdtirtot
ftftreeqTqqqr-qrilIlla'qrftdq{qarfiq*q( r
qiarqi gt gruri afirqirnet tt
ge)esqaifq
qr{qtgrr*g:d qrdqtqtR{teqr
{arqEr{rft{rEt
{rfr qi((fl?ili tr ed fl
Sloha 78. Mental anguish caused by a mother,r
cuffering,wind and bilious affe*ions, sriff words and
discussion with unfriendly people are what a person
has to be prepar6dfor, in the apaharaof Saturn,iuring
the progressof the Moon's mahaCasa.
c/. m-o-<iiQ+r
6qqns*q+qfl( I
\rilrrftE: gG.gaeiltar
qrq{rfituqrqhs* q1n;ge{{i}-ntqt rt
Also qRTnf.{tst
aloq*rrfRasflq.iifA
m?rg1lgqq,qt&q.r
*itfi qraraqtarfq
iqi nfififlriTqq{riqfie: rf
f,rdrqrftwr
I040
Adh. xvlll,
qr{Errkinfrf*eqwwil{qr I
{qqY'rq{rfriitq;Erupein eq tl
Slohu 79. Accessionof wealth from relationson
the mother'sside,learnedmen seekingasyltrmand acquisition of clothing and ornamentswill mark the bhukti
of Mercury in the Moon's dasa.
c/. qodlii+r
fl{r.rqqqqra'rigorrflH{upt*FqqEqq:
I
Rnirq {fi qrqafi*rrgfq qGqrdqqrEq: u
Also
.i|ir{f+Ttr'l
glderrrit qfiqntagfiq t
sin?rrtT;ineFq
ftqiqlaisgadrq$dBua;qq{tFd{IU
ll
q sihirqrii{ican
t
dlfui ryg<Ri
(a{Fildrrrin{iit
tfr q;(qil;tr 1 do tl
S/ota 80. Illnessof a wife, lossof relativ:s,suffer,
of the stomach arrd loss of property
ing from diseases
Ketu's
in
interval in the Moon's dtsa.
crop up
c/. so'.?fr{t
irqq qqqr
fqneeoqq,if|;gf}i-gtrfiriq
qrfletdi{ftnqftqi hOfiqrfir qr;q$Esqn
gq.I
dwt ultqEriaqo{qtqd
SI. 8243
gtgrq{ttstlTFlt
1041
c/. m'oatQ-+r
:I
ileuraaggqqrsalR:FqsssRkqlqq
-1'r}rr
glfiel{lq{;qsgRa-aqrqq1uii;gQ
Also
il{"til{Jnt
qnrqqt*fdfieisriioitqdi*qt-qala go, t
g\6l$olqTqrt{q
erR-ittqrrqif( fHhqgcq:ll
{q{rqst,s{ aqrfraniftgqq{ t
fu gqrmslii rfr q-nq{n<ttt dRll
Sloha 82. Power almost regal, exemption from
happinessand prosperity
of enemies,
ailments,decadence
are what may be exp;cted in the Sun's bhukti in the
Moon's mahadasa.
c/. qoatfi+r
nfaldt+{(ul
qlarr*{qr{tarq<rqsqrfdqakfi'61{qI
q\rfliftq,{ai q qlfo nlaig'rrhgft fiin: tt
sTrfrqr{saiqQ ilitra{Hntiiigr t
Itlsri{rfFr{rqtqrgo issis'( ll 41 ll
Slofrn 83. The effectdue to the bhava over which
the Moon presidesmay come off rn the commencement
of its mahadasa
; that due to tl're character of the sign
representingthe bhavaas well as to the Moon's position
will be seenin the rniddle; what is due to the aspect
on the Moon of other planetsand' what affects the part
of the body denoted by the bhava wrll appeartowards
the end of the mahadaea.
l3t
rHfifuft
t042
Adh.xvilI.
qm{iqgf,q {Fgilwwa{rffi
\r.Tr{il**q RRtr *{{qqmqq r
frilqleqtfigi g unti fiqrwrirqt'
iii{ gdEl{q;ggef{terq,T},t
ftgr n dB tl
Sloka 84. Aetrologers opine that in the ripening
of Mars' mahadasathere may be attempts at moneymaking by taking to fire arms and by engagingin wars
among rival kings and by other \ffays; there may be
coming in of money also by medicine, by trickery, by
fraud, and by diverse cruel acts; there may be suffering
causedby fever arising from a morbid state of bile and
blood : there will be seena propensityon the part of the
perEonconcernedto resort continuallyto the societyof
low women and a crop of hatredemanatingfrom sons,
wife, relatives and reverend seniors. And in conse,
quence of all this, the person will haveto eat bad
unwholegomeiood.
tl
. ll
finluquaqqq
sSfrfrq freqqrqqfim'ifirgfHft:
r
arft wstq Rdtqq.tr
flTilffi{l3zq*rqifiirqiur,r'igiil
qw{*ss[|at
sl. 86-83
{ffififr{
1043
qnqFqftil{ilq I
gssqtftrdfkRr
nd cqE{rftftll zq ll
qotfq*t
qe;gqrf}: t
qrelffirfisqrw finrff,:Stqfhrfr{qtrdt
qfi.et figsrqitqI qfrE{Fdtnil
gwft{r'r ll
srppq{fsq
gsqr
gH{r
Glfi gqsrql E1'l
glfi{Tfi1fr: I
n-anrfifQaw
srqq$rfiqrrtuqr],il-siiqr
qqfi $qinl;c: RSf 11qfro1
ll
Also qtfrqtqtq
morfQ*cizqi&qrfHsorfd{rFr{qrr(fl}Fil{|
qfae:tl
scmiqqlgqd.Eg{$qii*ilq{ni
{ggrrrFrraqrf{qiiqttirfqnr
q?qqqqffi
{r* Sqq{il?d ll dd ll
crirocrRilril
1044
Adh. XVIII.
:il{;[l+{t'rl
t
*,o1g{lFqqaSent qTuli{qlulTFf,ilfit{tst
spqnqrq qG.lTreqilrdi{ll *qquFnlft ll
trqqqlqrqrinuq]sFqwq(I I
{TitItTIqqrb{igi gqqdrr;trll cq ll
S/ofra 89. Accessionof wealth from the trading
community, abundanceof houses, cows and grain,
trouble f rom enemiesand mental worry -these, a person
may havein the interval of Mercury in Mars'mahadasa.
c/. noafft*r
fqrrftqrftrnaifqEqrfrflirg:11
AIso slddtlT{ur
st{rfa{$rTqdFiiuq;
{tei fq{l,i Ud{rrfd}:t
ee,ii.qEq;dfa qo4qgffreqft qR sqRe:tl
'l 353:
"-"---Yj
"-Y*T:"-* "".-""-"..-",-and oppoeition of bad people have to be apprehendod
when Ketu has its interval in Mars' dasa.
c/. mo<tfr+t
3TttfAqqrTft
eEf hnqq{tet
furqqqqtrtrBnqrd\srlilqt( |
wrwqqg,'* q]frfr il ftqRr:
qfa{rfa{G *g: *iargrcq ll
s([;r{qui qq q;g*qlqilqqq I
dieihqilfrlt$i gh fiqq{r-ft ll ql ll
S/ola 91. Jewel for the wife, clothing, incoming
of money,from relatives, odium o[ lemales and their
society(nevertheless)will be what a person may exPect
in the bhukti of Venus in Mars' dasa.
c/. woritft+t
gfq qfinfiqrnfqqqmeEmn
agefirfriiiqtq{*qitu, 1
qftqqqRilfiqlqi qtqqtqtqqEdaqqrgqiiqi qfiq-q' tl
Also.tTifii{{ul
fitnqtq-qRqtqqtil,Sqrq{IEqfaqqiat
qt..,lqq
rtaafqnt|n iiq r;{\ qnatmX;} tt
lntcrftni
1046
Adh. XVIil.
c/. su{ftmr
{qiFnqRWTgq;qqqn: qRqEqaqrqfrqEia:g{e I
srfrftofRa-tft:
Hrqgrcraorftkfirf{fioqrgqlqfleRotfttl
Also qkrifirrrt
;ilirgqTurtnqqt|A
eq g=flqtB qgqrfanqK t
qoqiqqr*frqq fiquqrq,rrg{trqucaFd(F,{:
lt
qogat,rafiarffiilq't
gfiheqaflqot=ar
qrn+,{Efe.1na+rnukr\qrfAhsfi aqfh rr
rrttfrrcti EqgifiIIIftriA
Worq,I
et{eaalarpnan'vugfi : I
Rfrtxrgnrfri{q,i},tsft
qr8raqqqti
qqfrUrqarft{erfQnx{tet
{ito'il sqqrt tt
Also
;illiFmi{(ut
fteii.gqgoqqq1qq1fi
U61saq;qiir1,rutrftr
{r4rq qrqrdqrqrftdaqqr I
q$\ {qrf}r*u},frftqTi ail q+( u qB tl
Sloha 94. At the out$etof Mars dasa,there will
be humiliationand waste of wealth. In the middle of
the daea,there may be danger to be apprehendedfrom
rulers,fire, brigands,an'Jthe like ; chesamewill happen
aleo in the concluding portion of the dasa.
sl. 96-96
qUtqfrsst{t
10c?
ffiqrrrar q(otg(frilqq t
ati g eWqqili'{qirar
ER
wqntqftq-{.rrdqgci{Ef}il n q\ tl
S/r,rArt95. If Mars occupy the d:pression Navam,
sa in its exaltation house,there will be according to the
astrologers,death among the children and brothers of
the personconcerned,during the dasa of the planet. If
it be in the houseof depressionand occupy the exaltation
Navamsa,the effect will appear in the successof agriculture and other operations and in the accessionto
l a n d s ,w e a l t h ,g r a i n a n d m a t e r i a lc o m f o r t s .
ftG'{Gfrqtkiiara{q morgnftfr*rrgsq(
|
sdtEttniqqt{qrdiiqrqgRw( qgft{r:u qq tl
Sloha 96. Loss of such things as comfort, happir
ness,wealrhand worldly statug, the pang of parting
with a wife, children and relatives, illness iq the
extreme,residcncein a strange land, and a dispoeition
to wrangleare what Rahu briogs about.
'n-oajf,iaqtq
gqiqft,flflfiq'irrqrlnuefiftgnIfrdifiuqq;gnnqI
clqrqq
rqEq{nmqiisqqri.
fl rq;gfi qq(fiaamr{Erfiq
I
fqg-qtguflaa q116qlEflg1
4nrEqqil nqrqQ'iqgeq{fad.T
I
.It gqfFqfi{iq
e{q'tefrr{fhq,ji
erqsoTqfleai:
fft6] qfFrq+liiq:rr
e1gG{qnHlqqqlitsqElqr(
slfi{Qqqarff
' qEar,ilfiil{r;I
rnnrflqil
l0C8
Adb. XVIII.
{{uilqR{:
ftqqqqR{ter
tt
aFrfAftfr
nrtdv-onr:
UFG
tl
ilqntri R{rt q gkiTtt qi{qq I
ftngegsgqst{t{ qwsrngfiqgfi;gfr:I
rfigqTrgsqiaprrin fiygf4pqt e<rR tr
aqrffidrd
gFor$qM
q ilqffit T{r{rq(l
gft n5fin-n\ll qc ll
qQ{rfr{rd q {* ffSE{rrd il qq tl
SL T()G-IOS
qftqfrsqtrt
1049
c/. qtrdfq-dr
fteq?gsonffifti q qilqqq t
{rqfiftT{rniftgq ag3fltt\ tt t"" ll
Sloha 100. The society of friendc, relatives,wife
and children,accessionof wealth aod royal favor can
be enjoyedduring Mercury'sbhukti in Rahu'sdasa.
c/. qsoElft-*r
qr'ft t
grcfhfe:gaciwrrrfr qftftfr'q.qqiitq
+gftwrpur*noqfrgqenqcwilRuftt
n
Grrrfff{arRq,iftrihrr flfr(#qgfrt'q,nI
frqeqrff,:seq: gqlrehqErql'il(tftrertr tt
Rt{Trerf,{xrfr!qqrq(gtqqt I
ail(g} {r$firFtri ll t"1, ll
ffig{t{ir
Sloka 101. When Venue has itg bhukti in Rahu
dasa,there will be accesgionof vehicler, r,.'-brellac,
chowriesandwealth of varioussorts from forpiga lande;
but there may be trouble from dieaaees,foes and
relativer.
132
'r**
ilcrcrftqrt
Adb.xvlll.
q/. cioilR-dr
*1qFE:
ttqiiqqKat gffir{IiT$qtfl{Irl{: I
qqrfqerffieqtf+ilfEnr,rirerurqrefr
u,il: t
qrdqftRr ftRr qftrffiil{n{ I
tqnt{r{iqrirtfr ngqffiai ll t ol tt
: I
srRaqqrqrqfd{teiaqr}: fi qrf}{Ttlfi{rqgRlT
eqgnrfi{rt'leq'igdsq{fifi1rRqreil tt
r
*.rqtqcfrfqeiqegRrfrtrrrql
I
a{ian: we} qiwr afifreffinqilqETq{q:
S[iqdH:nfi.eqq ,riqfan]qilq$R iqfifaq, tt
qiqfig qrdrI
c.itq(qft,ftqr
i\qitqitEl$ RTr(
ui qgqrn-fttt t o\ tl
Stoha 105. A combinationofall possiblecalamities,
bewilderment in every work and a culpablefailure of
memory will be the characteristic featurer of Mars'
interval in Rahu d asa.
sl, l0B-103
qW{frsrlt{r
M5t
Cf. ssfrRnr
r.fk.frfvgrc rd&rTRn+qaqr;qiltr{|
Mt+{
qrfrn{tnqtrdqtra}{fliiqrt gaqnor{q.I
.ilrr{_glloetl
trnftqs il{Ei q E{nE{rtE$[o<r
Sloha 107. Astrologerssay that Rahu in Kanya,
Meena,or Dhanusgivesto the personconcernedduring
its dasa wife and children, lordehip of lands and a
carriagedrawn by men.
All theseare liableto be lost at the conclueionof
the dasa.
qqqfltEqffqr**zqle qr}-
qhrAq qRqT+
wcdfr {{r qr I
rr-qgFrqqqr
v{*q}qsrt
lTcTqrftnt
lo6tl
Adh.xvilI.
- @
I u Y Y V V Y
V V Y r
Y U - r
: r Y - ! ! v v ! v v v Y I Y U U - ! v v u v v r v v t
qtfhqrfsqfr;qgri{v<H;dnftlfiqafflfrXga
at
ruF-qFqgf,iraig
uarannqrftq{qdggfdfteft&q.tt
riln{ I
sTrnga
fer64t
i{rqn'qrtqtfi{fr : qftqaqRqKft
qrfd gftfrrr' *&itq: {flffi:ll
gdqqgQilffr:
flIgqTe{H{fl
tl
il{lfr TrM tffidcrqa{ r
ffiltgtlraE{rdn
tl
ttt tl
*qrrqtrFo{gqnu0itqq:<rn flrgaffrfa{dlqfAqlliq I
enqrEwrgnqsgRRefHR'
frq-.Ht
tqft tqgil Rdtqqu
St. 12-l 14
qerqdsmr
1069
I
hgfr qinri gr{orciq6qqq,
I
flq sr+qfreqfl
Sg'qqgq{tsr
iqqmarqqFdIH{Aq
i{t a.{ifinft ?a+\ ;tilqlq ll
slt-qfrrqqdharqgarfH'
Also std{F{(rt
6{rls:I
irnrnanagfrfrqrifiwqqltqat:
w'ot-,hgfr qt qE gttnrqi qftts*q* n
Mq
ll ttl ll
frqR,*ftaqFeftq h{qsorfr:t
dqaqqqrTQFqqa
<adordagmtgedi'itqhfqdsrrtEttitq* rt
Also slil{frRot
uqgkilneqg{qrfi sRfqilcFqrqilfr t
moryxlRgt*rfrqa sqfqgt dt+saiqqa: ll
f&nqrqqefiatRfolFsllK:fm q{tert
gftA{Hi qdt-gg} hqifitqra qd fitq
ll
1
uilqqroqsrit'd'lqw qqT'{R3
ge'wq{rErftt*fi flqq{I;d tt ttu ll
10d.4
arilscrft{rl
Adh. XVIIL
qq{rfrlsrqTqdqqI
EErrfA
di{rqrq{RAfrufi *qq{n-,ilin tt\ tl
Sloha 115. Acquisition of vehicles and other
valuableproperty, the glory of umbreltas and chowries,
trouble from femalesand public odium are to be looked
for in Sukra'sinterval in Jupiter's mahadasa.
c/. s-oa?ft+r
arrfrvpivgqFqqR;dqdtgrnqn{rqangR
rlvurR:t
qrfi }rqqrgteE,tl
teBqrirgrTTtlqdiqt{mgqt
Also sldfrnrrul
q tlsnfioqrfE+ftqrrs: I
Aifdq],ilstfqqrili
Rl;rTFftni 6qfi;lq-F,{,{rr},
gt qtqqnt qt|It ll
qfr{hqrqtfam.qu+fiqrrqrnrfa+HgQa
I
flqtaq:q66qmqrtftt qEritftqo q *Ra. rr
rrcf{{Kqrtr{rfr 61qqur;at
il ttq tl
Sloha 116. Flight of enemies, victory, ease,great
diligence, coming in of wealth, royal favor and sJund
health are what a per$onmay expectin the sun'a interval
io Jupiter's mahadaga.
sl. 11?-118
{gtqfrswtqs
1066
v v v v v v v v v v v v v ! Y v ! Y ! r v v ! v Y i Y v ! ! v v v v r Y v v v Y g v v t _ d
c/.
- qodficT
qritf,q,frf,tqqrqq+1f*o1rt:
lltlusitT?{gls;TqrflIfr:I
irqqqrrggJ$trr6Frrqgita"qg{qrgfiE(stII
Also skf$Tl{(ul
garriaaftqqegal{fifieatqttf,ulfqqs{ t
qri q\{rrf5et faiqil qlqTqqt{q q{i qqa: ll
c/.
*-o-t-it?+it
t
+nigrqqfiqmqqtorlssqdqeqqrfrandiff,erq{
gqi ffqrqt{IG{flfA
wifri tt
kfaqidqqriqqdtE
Also qkFnF{{st
fiilqqta' l
irq,wtrq[tuqqTdRq:'itrqRQa
t
qoryahqqfieqils'ielig&ae.EfAftaqfqnqqtqq
qcfl(qrtqrnq.
tt
tqnsqEftitqqgfsfrqlflqrer.qiQ(fi
1066
rfcrqriTfii
Adb"xvm.
Also 'fRFffrKE
{utmqqrsqqilf+iq,
s*qrieqrqsqFrdqr
*aqar,iisftrtiqr: erqtrgefiqqaf qqrt tl
dfi G qrRqir{qrRq{ter qrrqnfr.rtfrrorI
Efot{rT:
dq6i uqq frqFc{U qq{Fa*frq rr
t{b{rr{ ti qfrq({{nqqI
qiffifr adt*qqtlrrd n ttq tl
Sloha. t t0. Apprehensionof every trouble,diseaee,
occagionfor every possiblecalamity,and deprivation
of
income-this falls to the lot of a person in Rahu'sbhukti
in Jupiter's mahadasa.
Cf, so(iftdr
q-grnRerrqgeqqfdahrqq
gaq* q-srlqiiei r
qr*qftsqqR6qn<
qaru:$qqtqqfhqRqmgfi}
tl
Ctqhriqqrr
eggqqt ilqr eq* {,i
ffidr
swrdiqatuiMrqnr
\
sr. 121-182
iorr
wrcql$qtqt
qd Nfielt
iroft$qrqqaTitTqnr{
ll
the
Sloka 121.Astrologers declare that during
of
posseseion
dasaof Saturn, a person may come into
birds and coarsegrain
;;;;t, a$ses'..tut., old women,
guild' townlnd g.t *.rlrh by int administrationof a
ruler of a
ship or village community and becomethe
low tribe.
o/. sa-fi|q-fiI
isaffilsalflH:l
GaqqErnqirrq{lerryrrqfiqfiaf}gfd:
1tfiEqnqffi.tl
ffinraqtfqnqi$i q qriw\ri{gfirmnqt
rpnrift*mr;rtni m'fritq;qr<trquritt t1l ll
Sloha 127. ln its own dasaand bhukti, Saturn may
bring on diseaseand suffering through the trouble,and
torment which thd personunder its influenceis madeto
undergo; by exciting his envy and pride, it leadsto
much sorrow and mental anguish; by exposing him to
the rapacity of kings and freebooters'it depriveShin pf
hie wealth aod store of grain.
c/. wo4iR-tt
|
ufqqfAusqQltug4l:qqqTqiiltqqdiqq{
fiqqiflilFa{q?lrfaq tt
rqfingqrfrRoflFql{q}
133
1068
qrialllnqa
Adh XVIII.
GearfiIrqiqrqartffi{
nqftw{*t hqeqrmritq
r
qgrrdiqt'tfrgrERrRdH'
cqrqilnssTff
wtr.i EEfun tql ft
Sloka 123. In Saturn's dasaand bhukti, a person
has to encounteropposition, incur the displeasureof the
king's men, keepold servant,women,and be in dread of
his cattle being poisoned; his wife and children have
much suffering; himself being liable to fever, wind or
phlegmailmentsand to colic,
gt*lffiqtfiE& s-.qqfqrtrrqEr
I
gt q=Eq{rr.ft
UftqlfrrEnrqrsift
rt tRBtl
Sloka 124. Increaseof happiness,
wealth and fame,
the benefitsaccruingfrom acLsof piety and customary
religious observances, agriculture and commerce,
a"
person may expect to have in Mercury.s interval
in
Saturn's dasa.
c/. no<?r?mr
qtil+trTttT
qrrsilqugr*qqa'{Trcqfin fiuqqn, I
Gfwqn=q*{:msTdtqeil r{iSi nfiqr+srirrt
1059
qgrqfrsqtTr
sl. 126-127
,
Saturn's mahadaea.
etu's interval
in
c/. n-c<lft*r
qfift{teqqft"qsq gdET#lqqfi:qaa{ t
.\
Sfritqqrqqfiadqq' t
gq$qlf,qqnTF{{f,:
uiicqa ll
gqfiffitqafnteqni qqqlqQlftflr
Also flildi-{Wt
: t
*vrfirprg{*oqoGq: aitqiqtnTGsf,eqg+
qm: fl*tqtrqrgqrq,qivl
tt
qqr;qfiTv:frsR$a
c|urcrRilril
1060
Alsd
Adh. XVI[.
qkHiTrRqt
q;T6fnfi*rq;gfrerrrrdrflanrrrFrT{Uq\
sr( I
qfr;qr:
qd
fFqt ffqE{Fd{rUtt
ftq*eq'flesa
qrdtqqqrs'HA
q;A q;ffittFiti n tld tl
qfinr(fidqqtqzqiUii fqqfhstqqq{ r
qqqftqqqqflqrgnfa{rfi
;rtr{Tdq
iri* +} tt
Also qrcsF{tq
rrtq-JfRurr:
fis +fbiogqifi,il'r)
r
efi,ifialsfQ
srotEflHqdifiar;n qftng* 6a,qar;611il
11
efirkrnarqfqiq{rfaagufinfd{ftgt rr
Also qrc*rr{wr
qFqrqqnftnq.qq* qntsqrqufAqlqa
erq t
FqrEflfiis q,ig,iii{rFd\{f}gdqqR ll
sl. 130-132
qsrqd$3rr:
1061
ffiistqwilr,{ *tReqftsrq t
rq+ilRmlR qr* qtqc{fiFilttl llo ll
Stoha 130. The anguish of diseaee in every [imb,
the devastation wrought by robbers, foes and rapacious
rulers, and the deprivation of wealth are what a person
may have to suffer during Rahu's bhukti in the dasaof
Saturn.
c/. q'oelft-+t
efiflfrqnqgfqfiG Hq{Tqkgrgeqq{q I
Fq(gftfaFirnair
zrrqRrr=atftrifi qlflrqilrt
a{qil+qBqqunftdt'Jwlqrr
fiefiK qt( r
qqqr;q&{ft{T l{ lof ue<uerf*nqfioqgttt
trl5q
q[d-{1l(vl
*+ ffiqrfr
qrfl* g fln{flffiqt
s'&so rftaq t
qwidq.mqfrqrql qrsrEaligsi
ETlr*Rg-+r*ftqiq,tgrri flt{rr6q lt tlR ll
Sloka 132. Saturn occupying'the depression Na'
vamsain its exaltationhouse produceshappinessat the
commencementof its dasa, but towards the end, it ig
ry:-""-"---"-"""
"
cdqqTigengft*(qldiqftttsdstfr |
fiei q Kst ftq'qq't*{rqftqretq${Rflltltll
freitqTfiotq:I
1tq{mr&qogftaafrnuqrfr:
rRra-rqq{Tqi
tt
er{qfrrre{suistttrq{tq
{gq{g(Wlfa(Fgrilflf,f}:
Rdrqtfkaqrra geqflIqq.I
ft'qiqi\R gez{IlrTqlqq}eq
S{l qEcq{l
rilqer:qgfsffisn qilq*rt qTqT.rrdrfagaEi
ll
tl
fr iqT'J6qqfdft;=w;if{{nqtqI
n{srql{dflqit fi*t qAqE{I<t ll t18 ll
Stoha 134. Acquisition of beautiful houses and
and relatives and
apparel,money through Brahmanas
be looked for in
success in every undertaking may
Mercury's bhukti in its own mahadasa'
cf.
-'. soajtq+t
qinfrtirfafiqfhdifiqiTftqefreqGilot
qem{
e*R.ll
fiqqr {Sqrt:gq flErff-di flti
sl. 136-13?
dltlldtsqnrt
r003
---''----'----'
t
g:({tilfi{oISerqdlrlFrnEwfqfteflgfr:
ffiqFqfrgfr{El{Aqfrrqtnrarra:ft(fi tt
rI
tqfrqtltt[qqflfiqi qFIqfrqKKIIIFIIt
qe{soqeft,iit q}qqrgR
snet fHt tt
Also
qlf,:61-+Rrt
figvwgaailiftstEt:guil{iegtinTrFtn:I
Gfru<efiryulqT${lgqq{T;ifl}sfi '{rrli tt
nnlqqriarfiiiqlqt ftriltar qISftil{tfiIqrtt I
tilfi qrqi figw-ntrt fha:qqn: qqqfldhfiq. tt
qq{quriqqrffi{Iqqtfr q6qq I
qdeqomrfrftcf gqqfl<i tt tle ll
Sloku 137. Acquisition of apparel,ornaments and
wealth, royal favor, great ease, and hearing of moral
mnrqrfiufi
r064
Adh. XVIII,
frRgrgrwiT{utqqf,qffIqflqlqgt I
qlffihlrr(ol
ETwfiilqI
E{'fitai I gGguoriflq-q{TutwR
ffi1:
lTqEfld
hiiq tt
rMtqqa.i q*firqi+{rr{{|
q<fidrrFnqflqrqiei
Sg4grgmo6{fgq*,
qffiilrItq
tqrftqqild n goq56n6fitt I
nqCifrqqriritg'i fpq-q11F*
ll qlq ll
S/ofra 139. Disappearanceof all danger lrom dis,
easesor enemies,fame derived from acts of charity and
beneficence,
and royal favor accrue to a person during
ja's bhykti in Budha dasa.
st' 14G141
1066
arrrlsrtlr
ct.
sTftfffr{F ieqt tql qH qqtrffqg:ftcr t
EqrtrRrqqnil'ratflrgq(tfr iRfigt ll
Also qrfrfi"Fr(gl
qr( mrnrgcfrftfrgt,Rq:
t
gqmqrfuqunge:
fres{fi q{q: qF} gqq wt qgflil(+ n
fte$gqq{rfr gt*ffifiWsTqt
ffqCtfrqilsiRrAM
ll tgo ll
{s{--ggea{qffi{ gilrqR(l
t*ftsftMll
tgt ll
aq1ft{qqunrgft,itn
*qfrRflaqrsfr: :
qqffrRaqsi
susq]iq{Fefhitq} qrrtqt tt
Also srtrdrtrGt
Hftc' t
ne+daqrarR
fl Ff,rgitr;r<gilsRE<r
sqrt tt
r;fl n: terqfiq5rqg:fi5ffi fr}sqE{li
LU
1066
tttscrnilfi
Adh.xv[I.
ffigrqq-qwdrmrt
u.qGqwqrdfrrrfr frtqqil=* ll qul ll
Sloko 142. Acts of charity and beneficence,acqui'
sition of wealth, material comforts securedthrough the
instrumentality of petty chiefs, loss in agriculture and
the like will mark Saturn'gbhukti in Budha dasa.
c/. q-g-{fr{r
edqdqfigfrt*ih
: q'intRq'FqqGqTq
r
ErilltqrdlsfAg{l{:
n}'qi-auUafefrrrq.{rr
sqttfbqarfrrqj ffiqffiqftqr
frqqwaqTP{tlqwqf}qdl t
$srfi ffi qf g{qi qqiofr ll t88 ll
Sloha 144. Mercury in depressionbut in the exaltation Navamsaordainsprosperityin the endof its dasa
thoughin the beginning thereofall be barrenof effect.
I
nHrqqrsoft{Rfreilqs
ftfiftgd q fufr*arqRqrdffitll t8\ ll
sl. 146-14?
1067
qUq&EffiTr
nfluence Utgi"' to
; his
ripen and yield fruit, a person feels distressed
,*r" and judgment fail; he becomesafflicted with
variousdiseases
; his physical torments grow; his evil
actsmultiply ; his life ie oneof greatmisery' His com'
forts, if any, are but slight.
c/. ncclfQ*t
*nttmqrqft*ri\,{iei q {atRgsqt.q.t
fquqrqqrq
$uqp66iqk+iqqhulq6qt{rrqll
ft<qlilqnq' t
frtitdss;ilfi: qgq{qR{tqr
frrRqfrdqmqt
TT{R dgqrqi Nr
lqttrRq{Eq{qihtiuqfiqlqq q ll
ll
soxsd{fli g(dfrdttnEriqI
ftsqtftq{H}frtil tsqwili ll tBE ll
Sloka 146. When Ketu 6as its intervalin its own
daoa,a person hasto apprehendthe death of his wife
an.l children, loss of happinessand wealth and evil
from his enemies.
c/. nu<lfttt
q3q tErgEI(( l
RgqqooqgefitqeeqqqEq:
qffiqq{qrft Rtara f{fbfi otn qil Trt ltqr( ll
I
*g{fursot rftrGq111tu.
cttrfteitqm}ft gh *gffird
tt t8uelf
I068
ttdrwQlrt
Adh.xvilr
Cl. s.o{tr{r
Tirqi {ffi
(ffifrt{
Rt1ttrlr-i{qq I
Sloha148. Diaappointment,
ptrysicalpain, exile in
a foreigncountry, peril and obstruction io every busi'
neEsare likely to crop up during the Sun'sinterval in
Ketu's dasa.
c/. u'o<t?rr
$qrrrui Fq6616ri14nin*RnqrrotqqI
tt
zqaft{tr( oqrmf4trfr Gt frrftqcflflgqrt
qrrg{wflotdqffiarfui{dq I
$Kilqq{Tfrfrq-Afuqlllf,rt il t8q tl
Stoha.L49.Ennui affecting wife, children and
attendantg,dertruction of wealchaud corn, and dietress
of mind are to be lookedfor in the Moon's bhukti in
Ketu dasa.
c/. n-e(lftm
S{ililgq*iWgq{t
T;S{EIq{rmftSi*-gqqrdll t\o lt
Sloka 150. During Kuja's bhukti ia Ketu dasa, a
perton hagto incur the oditrm of his sono, wife and
foeo and
youngerbrothera,to sufferpain from diseaoes,
relatives.
bad rulers,artd to losetome
Sl. 161-l5s
1069
qclqisslrr
-""""'"----""'
c/. n-e<lfitt
rq-+r$4grdtfitnfftnrrrq t
ll
ruin
Sloka151. Fearof kingsand robbers,sorrow'
peopleare
of every businessand altercation with bad
to te e"p"ct"d in Rahu'sbhukti in Ketu dasa'
c/.
- q-ddR-dr
qarq qqP'ildtflT:1
e+Rrra*ea}u{tft+i.'iqqR
qsqaqqqqfie?eraqffi rlis* ftrdFqgqqrg:tt
Aqkqgecm(rqatffK[qq{l
gt *qfintd ll l\1 ll
{s{oF,Tqrftit
1
gt"qg q(ftqqrflHqnqfifrfq:
qar.rqiqq{ilqrrt qqft qts* gfr ftrd;qaJqqll
q4prq T{Rr'{ gq;gil{Rffi{ |
{rfr M
tqsrqffiETmft
ll t\1 ll
nqrgwtqdqftdgi ftKqlqrlgI tt
"rdqqftgft
10?0
ltlrqIIKI
Adh.xvilI.
grEqfiFrqqI
rffiriqlt
gt *gfin ft tl t\B tl
Rqngtqqililfu
Bffia 154. The society of relativee, friends and
the like, accession
of wealth to sons and wife, aod
happineos
derivablefrom knowledgeaccruein Mercury'e
bhukti in Ketu dasa.
c/. s-cdfrdr
gqrmfr
ffiEhmifrqrrrt\s rr
Enntr
Sloha 157. Three-fold is the effect of Ketu'g dasa.
At the beginningof it, eldersand relations are trken ill ;
in the middle of it, there is money coming in; at the
end there is happiness.
=l13:]"T"
--"lTl
""",""-," :S'T: "-"""---"""'acquisiSloha 158. Venus in its dasa leadsto the
comfort'
tion of wife, children, wealth, exceediog
other
fragrantwreaths,apparel,ornaments,vehiclesand
king't'
a
fortune and fameequalto
meanEof locomotio-n-,
c/. q-dfri\6r
tlqdqIil{t'il ta*pofif\qqqrq'itar' t
*tergdq?npll
arRqlqr(|I
ffi f*qrRft qqrqsft {l ffi i *aqrqqfqgqrqfr
fincqtgarfr:I
ll
qqfAutfrf il Er;qEIft++{
fiqsfiqaqrqqrsfrurtr,iqr
rl
tl
wqrdwmflffi qqtRgwqq!|
females'weatth
Stoha159. Acquisitionof conches,
securing
and apparel,goodwork and other auchmeansof
of enemiesand attaindisappearance
perfect-b"ppiness,
,.nt of famewill mark sukra's bhukti in its mahadasfl.
c/. wc<lR-tt
qffitqqqrflqFqilqgqq: qqETgqHrqq:I
Ittflttti
q Efrrllkffirqq{|
ilMitqitgnwrF&ll
tQoll
ro72
r|Grftl|i
Adh.xvln.
c/. wc<?ft*r
fffisrqrRftgflsql
qtqfr
il {ti{ |
Enerrqfi
rti {ft * +qqf
qftUqmqtqfr{fsi
tt
fraq,ilefrae {RqftqR
Also qrtrmr{(q
qftiqd{qftsagi:rmes{dlffie ftn{ t
qlq-qrq&
t{{ q qilqi {r{qr-il{rrt feq{Til ff
sL 163-164
10?3
qurq*ss'rrqr
NOTES.
(Pitthasrigakshi
rogam cha)
is anot'her
Ct. soEtqTI
ffwdlqqqFtfrg$('t
rftrfQqqqrffrgnelq'
g{R{rqgqq6;gffivqqsmffi$ si ll
[l5s
qkT'dlrT(or
fiarsrretG+rrfr lr t+eqqkqq{fiMrqI
qrk$gt tsgi\itrrqrq
gmr{6qeqr,itq
H--fiaqlilnwg*C i $tqh' sl(g fdqF{: t
stsrr+ qdqqm.ne\*eif*q qilqR fl(q. ll
froqKqaqrfiffga'i $6sq{ t
qftqTqlr{lftitn* grq{rFn\ll tql ll
forming
Sloktt 163. Acquisition of black substances
relatives' evil from
a valuable prop."y, dislike oi
be expectedin Rahu's
friends, and injury by f ire may
of Venus'
bhukti in the rnahadasa
c/. q-o-/ilfimt
ft fq,{q:gaaf}q{f,eEl{qnnqirT':qfifit{itt
a.qa*rfiitfi q'iie:i soq\q<q'Hrilsg\tt
fiqaiqwft qqiqrtgH{ |
drgtrffi q Aqd gft gtErrr'.c\tt tqu ll
in Sukra's
Sloha164.During the bhukti of Jupiter
a persongets wealtb' appareland ornaments'
mahadasa,
p"ti"t*t his religious dutie.s.leadinghin t9 ultimate
there
ir.ppiness;his wife anJ children may fall ill and
maYbe distressin cousequence'
135
1074
rftiqfiqfi
Adh. XVilI
c/, q-o-qlft*l
o\
ffiqqqRillcfFmfl
q{ft qr.qqlrrrglfiqq: I
quRse*i0rRrq{.iqnr{fRR'gdEr(*qq.
I
qoqEri+fr{vorTftt
il4nrqiqrfFqff} u
Tqdqili,iloi wtrqiFrrr{ |
qrndlqz+mexra
miifQqer{hr,{f
il r
fifiqfqrqfi;ri3{i: fifiqdqaqrq'rirni} tt
Also sld{Iqwt
Re{ t
flxlafiqiqgirftqciiffirs?Ttftq?itq
\n
gEI(qHl
\
\
qflql q{lTql {rqal(qT;d{ql EilI q( ll
a{qs}pqqqljr{q*qqifiqqeGedaqudrqrt: I
q=qi ||
qq{aaffi rffirR=gfi,igqqf:aq{refd
sl. 16?-1?0
;
10?6
qtrddsqtat
*
tt*t-*
qirseqfif\.dtolI
1ft: ntarft qq'qErafin
g<+r<tftftfiar-aufrinmiqt{ttC rr
toi r:gnd q u1{rerTrilqs{|
qffirnhfrgtqilmt
tt tE\ell
Sloka16T.Discord,deathofrelatives,injuryin,
and depriva'
flicted by enemies, misgiving in the heart
be preparedfor
tion of wealth are what a person should
in Ketu's bhukti in the mahadasaof Venus'
c/. radiff+;t
{qrTdlEfiqrilaq;ntq I
nagerQeQrcfiiflq
ftlsfi qlsafr{qiitE{lq.ll
erfrq <tra{qaRgfr:
sqtrfiqnrgfr frqtuffiqF{di I
sI
: drqitruqqf}Eil
,Tr.fi{d'rqtrfirqr
q(ri ufrqrisrc'itr{sl}i qwsft ll lqa' ll
Slofta 169. Venus in its depressionsign but in the
exaltation Navamsa gives to the person concerned
during the ripening of irs dasa, (successin) agriculture
to his wealth'
anCtrade and accession
-,-- - l*i"*i919-",--""-
-."--i*:Y-'l'
c/.'rfi:
frqlttae qdlqqnsq t
d{ifielqe dtqnftiqasq t
fiil q1qqai iqr qqlilrufqaifqjil tt
dtqirftrrnsrq f+fqeegilqq I
tqi ilq (nr iqr qETfii{,fi gt{I ll
rI: aT.9{{frqFqkl'llqifiqqi{* t
rt
astfqesaTalq 6qtr:q?qfiqfk'it
Also Uult{t
4A;eI: I
qsFq{T{q{l9a-{<irrRudFSi.{lf}f,s{t
gq{;qqlfr ll
)rei qai FgqeEgst:5if:n 'T,E
diqettfifiqqTrtgQ(F,rl:
qqoi{|,{tfi{ qftq: esTt r
r0?7
ffisstrr
SL r?1-1?3
- v - - - - v -
- - - - - - v
fiitqqrtrsQat:g,reBgtn:
)tei qni fi'.qfi qqq:g ({il' tl
dtq{E1acwt: {lsfqait,trd'ri,t
q{ristq{}qqt{ tl
flqorl,qTqqq;qT
eqgrnrimtiuE{r1q;o{flg q t
(Tf,r{i*Tt{f aTI(qqtikil{rr*l tl tel ll
S l o k a 1 ? 1 . I n t h e m a i n d a s aa s w e l l a s i n t h e s u b '
sidiary dasaof the lord of the rnd or theTth placefrom
any bhava,there will happenthe destructionthereof by
(1) the planet occupyinq the [,irava; ('{]) the onE aopecE'
representingit
ing it ; or (3) the rrrtttt+ (bhava'karaka)
Nolt s.
Vide also A<lhyaf a V, S1. 50, supra.
iH.iq**{wil
qio+ qR tituart t
qsq{ruzTrf}fis{irr1qUqi qK{qTiicII( |
:
1078
srd6crft{(a
Adh. XVIII.
COLOPHON.
qrrc*
tiineKttire qsli}RsrtlqsqTf\dA tT{ttt| |
tl
;qlfifqr s{qoqqnt dffitr q|(sqriiGn(s
.S/otru174. (lonspicuouswith its eightecnbranches
in the form of adhyayas full of bright blooming star$
a n d d i s p l a y i n gm a i n l y a l l t h : f n r i t s t h : y h e : r r t, h e c e l e s '
tial tree <-rfhorcscopessratflfieta (JatakaParijata) has
b e e nf u l l y d e s c r i b e d .
(flrr{tqt5ftl
srii ufuEToti EEqfr
qIqHTit qq6diailT{ itloT?titslifi{ll
3T
rgqiffi Wdrqqftiql',itrrqdirrrftd
q Tqr( qs\
fr;qfrqa*qql gqst qFer6(.:i
qryrsErfft;gnffuir\nqaqnq
giqrqrEfr'{TEiigdiiga{T{q5frnoq I
q;<qieqtrqlfqrqffi ar{tqpotql;qqd
ilirqrd{-{rrufftTrkii qFi Ettt;a{u tl qsq ll
SL 176-L77
ugrqlilsErq!
r0 79
dthqrit+hszfiiaiqr*iqarqs gqit
eTrRiqriiqqnde5qql ftqsu;lfrai t
EIil iq=gqgqtruil ft qsK { IEqIiEdi
qh q6uqrRqraqrfhriiatrqqg1tqriiq.
ll t\es ll
S / o A , rl ? 7 . T h e t a l e n t c da n d i l l u s t r i o t r sV a i d y a n a
t h a , t h e s o n o f t l r c i l l r r s t r i o u s V e n k a t a d r i ,s o e m i n e n t
for his leatningand knowlcdgchasbrcn able,under'the
k i n d a u s p i c eos f t h e S u n a n d o t h e r p l a n e t st,o c o m p o s e
t h i s g q i C et o ; r t t r c , l o F yJ,a t a k a p a r i j a it na l S a d h y a y a s
embodyingall that is essentiali. r. the very nectarraised
'T"',""-"*-"","
"Yli
-",:"*: ""-"-""1i3:
from the ocean of horary science, the author has been
able to compo$e this work in lyrical metresso as to
win the admiration of the learnedworld'
il {ii ,.1'iqlffiqriiqrc3qflfls u
ll dtqlrffiaftrqrq aql ll
--.---t'ffi--
'Ji.,,4fi)6rl\:1t:
.
l'lN 15.
"Bca
a-n
i\,1.-
ERR.T A
Page
Line
For
Read
vi
I
2
2\
2L
23
13
bp
ffi5.etiRa
Sl kas
Ras is
by
6
13
2T
ZJ
26
27
27
28
29
29
30
3l
32
33
42
42
60
61
70
70
72
74
77
28
15
15
33
n
23
8
17
18
22
24
2T
t9
32
33
25
I
7
28
T4
25
2
*i*erirta
sarfra
Slokas
Rasis
ea*s
Eirrol:
ISEqT:
+{
frqnin
Thrimasmsas
rlftgztorq
qq
Eve
ciftqtf
?c*.+j:
g.rsdg
ff,iag+
Rajaspadada
*"e
s;{rd
nis
ffi<c
Jnpiter
a*Tqo
Tltoli
srfui*
parternal
ftttico:
*
fi-q{riiT
Thrirnsamsas
q!'*gamrq
1q
Even
qrRqrd
?aor+:
grr*dg
qkRgo
Rajaspada.
*r4
q-4rdt
uiirg
fisit<w
Jupiter
qiq{o
q-6rsli
esfblis
paternaJ
ftilrc*:
LXIV
ERRATA
Page
Line
78
80
104
105
r25
t')5
t26
170
.JJ
,:6
12
10
4
176
190
r92
20r
b
(;
216
227
227
246
246
246
247
2.17
247
747
247
27
3
12
6
t[cl
2 57
267
278
280
286
3 r4
335
Read
sefteyes
intial
Saturm
aiierq
iarf*qr
soft eyes
initial
Saturn
rt}I
23
2'2
24
l9
20
I/ L
F-or
IJ
6
2l
24
26
[(a-nya
t sticle
gatake
RrqtnEr
iift:
ir{TtrI.['
Tf,qcrEI
*-e&iqer
o
fsign
ber:orn
th
; Li f c c t c
r icrvsof
ay;r
ave
t4
26
24
22
23
T7
tarf*qr
rrri
K:rnya
testicle
Jat:rka
drqrcra
iife
ccl{o
{*u*i"1
*;ABrr,arrqr
of
sigr';
l;r:corr-re
lhc
;rffccterl
vicrvso[
riary:.r
h:rve
ciVilSS.fffIiII1
Jecvasarman
fur
Jeevasarmma
thls
crqref*d
N{ rs
nr cts
Jeevasarnran
this
qrcrdiii.a
lt
5
8
i?(sl{
cading
"Fq;qqiq
ilIere
N{ars
rneets
rezrding
qr;qqic
Ilerc
E TiIi ATA
I'age
Line
380
39r
29
31
5
101
420
+22
.+r){l
527
.5J8
658
658
683
730
734
739
748
754
756
783
784
781
786
796
799
i99
H00
802
806
s10
813
E20
E 2I
il2(i
LXV
lior
llead
and
with
2r
nd
ithrv
dlsritcrr
tt3ffwg6
ltl
eR
)q
Si rr
''v lris ellth
,1\)
t8
3
I4
.5
be rvili
I(ujas t;rvarga
lrt:
t nr:
osi
a.l
10
12
.tA
6
9
t2
22
J
20
n
I
2B
8
24
8
4
z:)
(] r-\
a:,
{\
Jd
th
,\l crcury
rc] t
nunrher
{5-ciir
{TT4Tq
iraig:
lrqcdrqriiEr{q
crm rn:rncl
denots
l'ices
Ir
IL
tlro 6th
rvlll
plscc
ll
:rttrl
grgrl
{srRcil
fleffqgA
sR
Sign
his rrye:rlth,
hr,rrvill
I(u jashtavarga
the
the
qlll
6th
Mercury
great
number
,rs-{iir
TAFq
*eig;
rrnftrrqriltrdq
cornrnand
<.littiltes
l'isccs
If
the 6tlr
rvili
1;i:r.ce
irr
and
; i gr r
illl(l
; i r(_i
'rf
ERRATA
LxYr
Page
829
833
833
838
851
851
854
871
898
916
Line
t4
29
30
5
22
28
1
25
22
1?
For
Read
occupfed
rn:rYr
be
desease
contses
tha
ilfc*
associoted
1th
maximum in
occupied
oaI'
he
disease
courses
the
qrit#
come
923
946
948
932
983
987
1003
100?
1032
i0 4 0
1040
associated
10th
minirnum income
25
1l
16
Frilt
Tttt
Arus
Snbhagraha
Arres
Subhagraha-
l6
navalnsa
wonb
3
26
29
29
13
eaeh
gooo
{rol
creg
13
tho
In
ftrqtrrqt
navalTISa
womb
each
good
the
in
ffsFrtqi
?ifcof
ir?l